En - Acs850 - FW - I - A5
En - Acs850 - FW - I - A5
Firmware Manual
ACS850 Standard Control Program
Code (English)
3AUA0000045496
3AUA0000045495
3AUA0000045487
3AUA0000045488
3AUA0000026234
3AUA0000081249
3AUA0000078664
3AUA0000074343
3AUA0000073108
3AFE68929814
You can find manuals and other product documents in PDF format on the Internet. See section
Document library on the Internet on the inside of the back cover. For manuals not available in the
Document library, contact your local ABB representative.
Firmware Manual
ACS850 Standard Control Program
Table of contents
3AUA0000045497 Rev I
EN
EFFECTIVE: 2014-01-22
Table of contents 5
Table of contents
1. About the manual
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
Safety
15
15
16
16
16
17
18
19
19
20
21
22
23
25
32
33
35
37
39
47
49
50
51
53
54
54
55
55
55
55
55
6 Table of contents
4. Program features
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive configuration and programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming via parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable digital inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable I/O extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable relay outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fieldbus control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constant speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Critical speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed controller tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encoder support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scalar motor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User-definable load curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User-definable U/f curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autophasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flux braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process PID control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC voltage control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overvoltage control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undervoltage control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage control and trip limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety and protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal motor protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programmable protection functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic fault resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy saving calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup and restore of drive contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data storage parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive-to-drive link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
57
58
58
59
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
61
61
63
64
65
66
67
68
70
71
71
71
73
77
78
78
78
79
80
81
81
81
84
85
85
85
85
86
86
87
87
89
89
Table of contents 7
5. Application macros
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Factory macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Default control connections for the Factory macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Hand/Auto macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Default control connections for the Hand/Auto macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
PID control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Default control connections for the PID control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Torque control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Default control connections for the Torque control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Sequential control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Default control connections for the Sequential control macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6. Parameters
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary of parameter groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
01 Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
02 I/O values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03 Control values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
04 Appl values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
06 Drive status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
08 Alarms & faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09 System info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 Start/stop/dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 Start/stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 Operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 Analogue inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14 Digital I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15 Analogue outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19 Speed calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20 Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21 Speed ref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22 Speed ref ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23 Speed ctrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24 Torque ref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 Critical speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26 Constant speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27 Process PID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30 Fault functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31 Motor therm prot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32 Automatic reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33 Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34 User load curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35 Process variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36 Timed functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
104
105
107
107
108
118
119
120
124
128
129
136
139
140
147
160
167
170
174
177
179
182
190
191
192
194
199
202
209
209
213
215
221
8 Table of contents
38 Flux ref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40 Motor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42 Mech brake ctrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45 Energy optimising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47 Voltage ctrl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48 Brake chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49 Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 FBA settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52 FBA data in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53 FBA data out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56 Panel display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57 D2D communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58 Embedded Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64 Load analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74 Appl programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90 Enc module sel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91 Absol enc conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92 Resolver conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93 Pulse enc conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94 Ext IO conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95 Hw configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97 User motor par . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99 Start-up data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
226
227
230
234
240
241
241
242
243
246
247
248
248
249
252
256
259
260
261
264
264
266
266
266
268
275
275
276
276
276
277
279
283
8. Fault tracing
What this chapter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm messages generated by the drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault messages generated by the drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
303
303
303
304
305
314
Table of contents 9
Setting up the embedded fieldbus interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the drive control parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basics of the embedded fieldbus interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Word and Status Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data inputs/outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Register addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About the EFB communication profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABB Drives classic profile and ABB Drives enhanced profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Word for the ABB Drives profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Word for the ABB Drives profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State transition diagram for the ABB Drives profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References for the ABB Drives profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual values for the ABB Drives profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus register addresses for the ABB Drives classic profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus register addresses for the ABB Drives enhanced profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control and Status words for the DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Word for the DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State transition diagram for the DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References for the DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual signals for the DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus register addresses for the DCU 16-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control and Status words for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status word for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State transition diagram for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual signals for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus register addresses for the DCU 32-bit profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus function codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus exception codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
330
332
334
335
335
335
335
335
337
338
338
340
342
343
344
345
346
347
347
347
347
347
347
348
349
349
349
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
359
360
361
361
361
362
363
10 Table of contents
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datasets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master point-to-point messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Read remote messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Follower point-to-point messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard multicast messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Broadcast messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chained multicast messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
365
366
367
367
368
368
369
370
372
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
Further information
Product and service inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Providing feedback on ABB Drives manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Document library on the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
385
385
385
385
1
About the manual
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes the contents of the manual. It also contains information on the
compatibility, safety and intended audience.
Compatibility
The manual is compatible with:
Safety instructions
Follow all safety instructions delivered with the drive.
Read the complete safety instructions before you install, commission, or use
the drive. The complete safety instructions are given at the beginning of the
Hardware Manual.
Read the software function specific warnings and notes before changing the
default settings of the function. For each function, the warnings and notes are
given in this manual in the section describing the related user-adjustable
parameters.
Reader
The reader of the manual is expected to know the standard electrical wiring practices,
electronic components, and electrical schematic symbols.
Contents
The manual consists of the following chapters:
The ACS850 control panel provides a description and instructions for use of the
control panel.
Control locations and operating modes describes the control locations and
operation modes of the drive.
Fault tracing lists the alarm (warning) and fault messages with possible causes
and remedies.
Related manuals
The delivery of the drive includes a multilingual Quick Start-up Guide.
A complete list of related manuals is printed on the inside of the front cover.
Definition
AI
AO
DC link
DI
DO
DTC
EFB
Embedded fieldbus
FBA
Fieldbus adapter
FEN-01
FEN-11
FEN-21
Term/abbreviation
Definition
FEN-31
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
FCAN-0x
FDNA-0x
FECA-01
FENA-0x
FLON-0x
FPBA-0x
FSCA-0x
HTL
High-threshold logic
ID run
Motor identification run. During the identification run, the drive will identify
the characteristics of the motor for optimum motor control.
IGBT
I/O
Input/Output
JCU
Control unit of the drive module. The JCU is installed on top of the power
unit. The external I/O control signals are connected to the JCU, or
optional I/O extensions mounted on it.
JMU
JPU
LSB
LSW
MSB
MSW
Parameter
PI controller
Proportional-integral controller
PID controller
PLC
Power unit
Contains the power electronics and connections of the drive module. The
JCU is connected to the power unit.
PTC
RFG
RO
SSI
STO
TTL
Transistor-transistor logic
UIFI xxxx
Term/abbreviation
Definition
UPS
2
The ACS850 control panel
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the features and operation of the ACS850 control panel.
The control panel can be used to control the drive, read status data, and adjust
parameters.
Features
copy function parameters can be copied to the control panel memory for later
transfer to other drives or for backup of a particular system.
Installation
Mechanical installation
For mounting options, see the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Instructions for mounting the control panel onto a cabinet door are available in
ACS-CP-U Control Panel IP54 Mounting Platform Kit Installation Guide
(3AUA0000049072 [English]).
Electrical installation
Use a CAT5 straight-through network cable with a maximum length of 3 meters.
Suitable cables are available from ABB.
For the control panel connector location on the drive, see the Hardware Manual of the
drive.
Layout
1
2a LOC
LOC
2b
2c
3
7
30.10Hz
30.00rpm
30.00rpm
400RPM
49
10
1200 RPM Hz
12.4 A0 50 A
405 10
dm3/s
7%
.
.
.
DIR
DIR
12:45
00:00
5
6
MENU
MENU
4
8
10
No.
Use
Status LED Green = normal operation; blinking green = an alarm is active; red = a fault is active.
Soft key 1 Function depends on the context. The text in the lower left corner of the LCD display
indicates the function.
Soft key 2 Function depends on the context. The text in the lower right corner of the LCD display
indicates the function.
Up
Scrolls up through a menu or list displayed in the center of the LCD display.
Increments a value if a parameter is selected.
Increments the reference value if the upper right corner is highlighted.
Holding the key down changes the value faster.
Down
Scrolls down through a menu or list displayed in the center of the LCD display.
Decrements a value if a parameter is selected.
Decrements the reference value if the upper right corner is highlighted.
Holding the key down changes the value faster.
Help Displays context sensitive information when the key is pressed. The information displayed
describes the item currently highlighted in the center of the display.
10
Status line
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status information of the drive.
LOC
1
30.00rpm
2
LOC
1
MAIN MENU
2
1
4
No.
Field
Alternatives
Significance
Control location
LOC
State
REM
Rotating arrow
Dotted rotating
arrow
Stationary arrow
Drive is stopped.
Dotted stationary
arrow
Reference value or
number of the
selected item
Operating instructions
Basics of operation
You operate the control panel with menus and keys. The keys include two contextsensitive soft keys, whose current function is indicated by the text shown in the
display above each key.
You select an option, e.g. operation mode or parameter, by entering the MENU state
using soft key 2, and then by scrolling the
and
arrow keys until the
option is highlighted and then pressing the relevant soft key. With the right soft key
you usually enter a mode, accept an option or save the changes. The left soft key is
used to cancel the made changes and return to the previous operation level.
The Control Panel has ten options in the Main menu: Parameters, Assistants,
Changed Par, Fault Logger, Time & Date, Parameter Backup, I/O Settings, Reference
Edit, Drive Info and Parameter Change Log. In addition, the control panel has an
Output mode, which is used as default. Also, when a fault or alarm occurs, the panel
goes automatically to the Fault mode showing the fault or alarm. You can reset the
fault in the Output or Fault mode. The operation in these modes and options is
described in this chapter.
Initially, the panel is in the Output mode, where you
can start, stop, change the direction, switch between
local and remote control, modify the reference value
and monitor up to three actual values. To do other
tasks, go first to the Main menu and select the
appropriate option on the menu. The status line (see
section Status line on page 18) shows the name of
the current menu, mode, item or state.
30.00rpm
LOC
DIR
LOC
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
List of tasks
The table below lists common tasks, the mode in which you can perform them,
abbreviations of the options in the Main menu and the page number where the steps
to do the task are described in detail.
Task
Abbreviations of
the Main menu
options *
Page
Any
21
Any
21
Output
22
Any
22
Any
23
Output
23
Output
24
Parameters
PARAMETERS
25
PARAMETERS
26
Parameters
PARAMETERS
28
Parameters
PARAMETERS
30
Parameters
PARAMETERS
31
Assistants
ASSISTANTS
32
33
Fault Logger
FAULT LOGGER
35
Fault Logger
FAULT LOGGER
36
37
Parameter Backup
PAR BACKUP
39
Parameter Backup
PAR BACKUP
39
Parameter Backup
PAR BACKUP
45
I/O SETTINGS
47
Reference Edit
REF EDIT
49
Drive Info
DRIVE INFO
50
Parameter Change
Log
51
Action
Display
1.
LOC
TIME & DATE
6
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
DAYLIGHT SAVING
00:00
SEL
EXIT
LOC
HELP
Use Daylight saving
to enable or disable
automatic clock
adjustment according
to daylight saving
EXIT
00:00
2.
If the whole text is not visible, scroll the lines with keys
and
.
LOC
HELP
to enable or disable
automatic clock
adjustment according
to daylight saving
changes
EXIT
00:00
3.
LOC
TIME & DATE
6
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
DAYLIGHT SAVING
00:00
SEL
EXIT
Action
1.
2.
Display
Action
Display
1.
LOC
MESSAGE
Switching to the
local control mode.
00:00
The very first time the drive is powered up, it is in remote
control (REM) and controlled through the drive I/O
terminals. To switch to local control (LOC) and control the
drive using the control panel, press LOC
REM . The result
depends on how long you press the key:
If you release the key immediately (the display flashes
Switching to the local control mode), the drive stops.
Set the local control reference as instructed on page 23.
If you press the key until the text Keep running appears,
the drive continues running as before. The drive copies
the current remote values for the run/stop status and the
reference, and uses them as the initial local control
settings.
To stop the drive in local control, press
The arrow ( or
stops rotating.
Output mode
In the Output mode, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
EXIT
repeatedly.
30.00rpm
LOC
DIR
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Action
If you are not in the Output mode, press
until you get there.
Display
EXIT
repeatedly
DIR
2.
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
30.00rpm
LOC
DIR
3.
30.00rpm
REM
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
How to set the speed, frequency or torque reference in the Output mode
See also section Reference Edit on page 49.
Step
1.
Action
If you are not in the Output mode, press
until you get there.
Display
EXIT
repeatedly
30.00rpm
REM
DIR
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Step
Action
Display
2.
LOC
DIR
3.
30.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
31.00rpm
LOC
DIR
Hz
A
%
MENU
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Action
Display
EXIT
repeatedly
DIR
2.
MENU
MENU
and
30.00rpm
LOC
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
30.00rpm
LOC
and
DIR
Hz
A
%
MENU
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Parameters
In the Parameters option, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
06 Drive status
00:00
SEL
EXIT
3.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
99
99 Start-up data
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
00:00
SEL
EXIT
Press
4.
SEL
Press
EDIT
LOC
PARAMETERS
9901 Language
English
9904 Motor type
9905 Motor ctrl mode
9906 Mot nom current
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
9901
9904
9905
9906
PARAMETERS
Language
Motor type
Motor ctrl mode
Mot nom current
0.0 A
EDIT
EXIT
00:00
LOC
PAR EDIT
0.0
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
Step
Action
Display
5.
LOC
6.
SAVE
PAR EDIT
3.5
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAMETERS
9906 Mot nom current
3.5 A
9907 Mot nom voltage
9908 Mot nom freq
9909 Mot nom speed
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Action
1.
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
06 Drive status
00:00
SEL
EXIT
3.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
21
15 Analogue outputs
16 System
19 Speed calculation
20 Limits
21 Speed ref
00:00
SEL
EXIT
Step
Action
Display
SEL
4.
Press
to select the appropriate parameter group.
Select the appropriate parameter with keys
and
, current value of each parameter is shown below
it.
5.
Press
. Current value of the value pointer parameter
is shown, as well as the parameter it points to.
EDIT
LOC
PARAMETERS
2101 Speed ref1 sel
AI2 scaled
2102 Speed ref2 sel
2103 Speed ref1 func
2104 Speed ref1/2 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
AI1 scaled
[P.02.05]
CANCEL 00:00
6.
LOC
SEL
PAR EDIT
FBA ref1
[P.02.26]
CANCEL 00:00
7.
8.
SEL
SEL
Press
to accept any of the preselected values and
to return to the parameters list.
The new value is shown in the parameters list.
LOC
PARAMETERS
2101 Speed ref1 sel
FBA ref1
2102 Speed ref2 sel
2103 Speed ref1 func
2104 Speed ref1/2 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
NEXT
Press
to select the parameter index.
Again, the text below the cursor reflects the current
setting.
PAR EDIT
P.02.05
02 I/O values
CANCEL 00:00
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
P.02.07
To
save the new value for the pointer parameter, press
SAVE
.
The new value is shown in the parameters list.
LOC
PARAMETERS
2101 Speed ref1 sel
AI2 scaled
2102 Speed ref2 sel
2103 Speed ref1 func
2104 Speed ref1/2 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
06 Drive status
00:00
SEL
EXIT
3.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
10
10 Start/stop/dir
11 Start/stop mode
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
14 Digital I/O
00:00
SEL
EXIT
4.
Press
to select the appropriate parameter group.
Current value of each parameter is shown below its
name.
LOC
PARAMETERS
1001 Ext1 start func
In1
1002 Ext1 start in1
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PARAMETERS
1001 Ext1 start func
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI1
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
5.
SEL
Press
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
DI1
[P.02.01.00]
CANCEL 00:00
SEL
Step
Action
Display
6.
. The
LOC
PAR EDIT
DI6
[P.02.01.05]
CANCEL 00:00
7.
8.
SEL
SEL
Press
to accept any of the preselected values and
to return to the parameters list.
LOC
PARAMETERS
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI6
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
1005 Ext2 start in1
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
NEXT
Press
to select the parameter index.
Again, the text below the cursor reflects the current
setting.
PAR EDIT
P.02.01.00
02 I/O values
CANCEL 00:00
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
P.02.01.00
0201 DI status
CANCEL 00:00
9.
NEXT
Press
to select the bit.
Again, the text below the cursor reflects the current
setting.
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
P.02.01.01
01 DI2
CANCEL
10.
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAMETERS
1002 Ext1 start in1
P.02.01.01
1003 Ext1 start in2
1004 Ext2 start func
1005 Ext2 start in1
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
EXIT
2.
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
00:00
ENTER
LOC
PAR GROUPS
01
01 Actual values
02 I/O values
03 Control values
04 Appl values
06 Drive status
00:00
SEL
EXIT
LOC
PAR GROUPS
14
10 Start/stop/dir
11 Start/stop mode
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
14 Digital I/O
00:00
SEL
EXIT
SEL
3.
Press
to select the appropriate parameter group.
Select the appropriate parameter with keys
and
. Current value of each parameter is shown below
its name.
4.
Press
EDIT
LOC
1404
1405
1406
1407
PARAMETERS
DIO1 Ton9901
DIO1 Toff
DIO2 conf
DIO2 out src
P.06.02.03
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
Pointer
CANCEL
Select CONST with keys
and
LOC
00:00
NEXT
PAR EDIT
Const
CANCEL
00:00
NEXT
Step
5.
Action
Press
Display
NEXT
LOC
PAR EDIT
C.FALSE
[0]
CANCEL
6.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
C.TRUE
[1]
CANCEL
7.
SAVE
To continue, press
.
To cancel the new value and keep the original, press
.
The new value is shown in the parameters list.
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAMETERS
1407 DIO2 out src
C.TRUE
1408 DIO2 Ton
1409 DIO2 Toff
1410 DIO3 conf
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR EDIT
01.03
CANCEL
LOC
00:00
NEXT
PAR EDIT
01.04
CANCEL
LOC
00:00
NEXT
PAR EDIT
01.06
CANCEL
00:00
NEXT
Assistants
Assistants are routines that guide you through the essential parameter settings
related to a specific task, for example application macro selection, entering the motor
data, or reference selection.
In the Assistants mode, you can:
use assistants to guide you through the specification of a set of basic parameters
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
CHOICE
1/5
Select assistant
Application Macro
Motor Set-up
Start/Stop Control
Reference select
OK
EXIT
00:00
3.
LOC
4.
and
PAR EDIT
LOC
AM
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
EXIT
at any point.
LOC
PMSM
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
DTC
[0]
EXIT
00:00
SAVE
Changed Parameters
In the Changed Parameters mode, you can:
view a list of all parameters that have been changed from the macro default
values
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
00:00
ENTER
LOC
MESSAGE
No parameters
00:00
If parameters have been changed, a list of them is
shown. Select the changed parameter on the list with
keys
and
. The value of the selected
parameter is shown below it.
3.
Press
EDIT
LOC
CHANGED PAR
9906 Mot nom current
3.5 A
9907 Mot nom voltage
9908 Mot nom freq
9909 Mot nom speed
EDIT
EXIT
00:00
LOC
PAR EDIT
3.5
CANCEL
4.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
3.0
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
Step
5.
Action
Display
SAVE
LOC
CHANGED PAR
9906 Mot nom current
3.0 A
9907 Mot nom voltage
9908 Mot nom freq
9909 Mot nom speed
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Fault Logger
In the Fault Logger option, you can:
read the help text for the fault and make corrective actions
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
1.
Display
MENU
LOC
EXIT
2.
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
00:00
ENTER
LOC
MESSAGE
No fault history
found
LOC
FAULT LOGGER 1
36: LOCAL CTRL LOSS
29.04.08 10:45:58
EXIT
3.
4.
and
DIAG
00:00
DETAIL
LOC
LOCAL CTRL LOSS
TIME
10:45:58
FAULT CODE
36
FAULT CODE EXTENSION
00:00
DIAG
EXIT
LOC
Check parameter 30.0
3 Local ctrl loss se
tting. Check PC tool
or panel connection.
EXIT
OK
Step
5.
Action
Display
OK
Press
. The panel allows you to edit necessary
parameters to correct the fault.
LOC
PAR EDIT
Fault
[1]
EXIT
6.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
[2]
EXIT
00:00
SAVE
Action
Display
1.
LOC
FAULT
FAULT 36
LOCAL CTRL LOSS
RESET
EXIT
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
The Control Panel contains a battery to ensure the function of the clock when the
panel is not powered by the drive.
How to show or hide the clock, change display formats, set the date and time
and enable or disable clock transitions due to daylight saving changes
Step
1.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
TIME & DATE
1
CLOCK VISIBILITY
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
00:00
SEL
EXIT
3.
LOC
CLOCK VISIB
Show clock
Hide clock
EXIT
To specify the time format, select TIME FORMAT on the
SEL
menu, press
and select a suitable format with keys
SEL
CANCEL
and
. Press
to save or
to
cancel your changes.
00:00
SEL
LOC
TIME FORMAT
24-hour
12-hour
CANCEL
00:00
SEL
Step
Action
Display
LOC
DATE FORMAT
dd.mm.yy
mm/dd/yy
dd.mm.yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
CANCEL
To set the time, select SET TIME on the menu and press
SEL
.
Specify the hours with keys
and
, and press
OK
.
OK
CANCEL
Then specify the minutes. Press
to save or
to cancel your changes.
LOC
00:00
OK
SET TIME
15:41
OK
CANCEL
To set the date, select SET DATE on the menu and press
SEL
.
Specify the first part of the date (day or month depending
on the selected date format) with keys
and
OK
, and press
. Repeat for
the second part.
OK
After specifying the year, press
. To cancel your
CANCEL
changes, press
.
LOC
LOC
DAYLIGHT SAV 1
Off
EU
US
Australia1:NSW,Vict..
Australia2:Tasmania..
00:00
SEL
EXIT
SET DATE
19.03.2008
CANCEL
LOC
00:00
HELP
OK
EU:
On: Mar last Sunday
Off: Oct last Sunday
US:
EXIT
00:00
Parameter Backup
The Parameter Backup option is used to export parameters from one drive to another
or to make a backup of the drive parameters. Uploading stores all drive parameters,
including up to four user sets, to the Control Panel. Selectable subsets of the backup
file can then be restored/downloaded from the control panel to the same drive or
another drive of the same type.
In the Parameter Backup option, you can:
Copy all parameters from the drive to the control panel with MAKE BACKUP TO
PANEL. This includes all defined user sets of parameters and internal (not
adjustable by the user) parameters such as those created by the ID Run.
View the information about the backup stored in the control panel with SHOW
BACKUP INFO. This includes e.g. version information etc. of the current backup
file in the panel. It is useful to check this information when you are going to restore
the parameters to another drive with RESTORE PARS ALL to ensure that the
drives are compatible.
Restore the full parameter set from the control panel to the drive using the
RESTORE PARS ALL command. This writes all parameters, including the internal
non-user-adjustable motor parameters, to the drive. It does NOT include the user
sets of parameters.
Note: Use this function only to restore the parameters from a backup or to restore
parameters to systems that are compatible.
Restore all parameters, except motor data, to the drive with RESTORE PARS
NO-IDRUN.
Restore only motor data parameters to the drive with RESTORE PARS IDRUN.
Restore all user sets to the drive with RESTORE ALL USER SETS.
Restore only user set 14 to the drive with RESTORE USER SET 1RESTORE
USER SET 4.
Action
1.
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
Step
Action
Display
2.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
1
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
00:00
SEL
EXIT
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Copying file 1/2
ABORT
After the backup is completed, the display shows a
OK
message about the completion. Press
to return to
the Par Backup.
LOC
MESSAGE
Parameter upload
successful
OK
To perform restore functions, select the appropriate
operation (here RESTORE PARS ALL is used as an
example) on the Par Backup with keys
and
.
Press
SEL
. Restoring starts.
00:00
00:00
LOC
PAR BACKUP
3
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
00:00
SEL
EXIT
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
CONT
CANCEL
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param.
restore operation
00:00
Downloading continues, drive is being restarted.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
Step
Action
Display
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restoring/downloading
all parameters
50%
Downloading finishes.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Finishing restore
operation
Parameter errors
If you try to backup and restore parameters between different firmware versions, the
panel shows you the following parameter error information:
Step
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param.
restore operation
00:00
2.
3.
LOC
VER CHECK
1
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFI, 2020, 0,
UIFI, 1010, 0,
OK
PRODUCT VARIANT
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
LOC
VER CHECK
2
FIRMWARE VERSION
PRODUCT VARIANT
3
3
OK
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
Step
Action
Display
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
The display shows the transfer status as a percentage of
completion.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restoring/downloading
all parameters
50%
Downloading continues.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
4.
5.
Downloading finishes.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Finishing restore
operation
LOC
PARAM ERRORS 1
9401 Ext IO1 sel
0
?
INCORRECT VALUE TYPE
9402 Ext IO2 sel
READY 00:00
LOC
PARAM ERRORS 13
21110
21201
1
?
PARAMETER NOT FOUND
READY 00:00
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
External 24V
[1]
CANCEL
00:00
SAVE
Step
6.
Action
Display
Press
SAVE
Press
CANCEL
LOC
PAR EDIT
Internal 24V
[0]
CANCEL
7.
Press
when you have finished editing the
parameters.
00:00
SAVE
LOC
PARAM ERRORS 9
9501 Ctrl boardSupply
0
0
INCORRECT VALUE TYPE
9503
READY 00:00
EDIT
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
2.
and
LOC
VER CHECK
1
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFI, 2020, 0,
UIFI, 1010, 0,
OK
PRODUCT VARIANT
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
LOC
VER CHECK
2
FIRMWARE VERSION
PRODUCT VARIANT
3
3
OK
CANCEL 00:00
CONT
3.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
Step
Action
Display
4.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
5.
00:00
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restoring/downloading
user set 1
50%
6.
Downloading continues.
7.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Initializing param
restore operation
00:00
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Restarting drive
00:00
8.
Downloading finishes.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
Finishing restore
operation
9.
LOC
ALARM
ALARM 2036
RESTORE
EXIT
Action
Display
1.
LOC
PAR GROUPS
16
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
14 Digital I/O
15 Analogue outputs
16 System
EXIT
00:00
SEL
2.
Press
to select parameter group 16. Select
parameter 16.09 User set sel with keys
and
. Current value of each parameter is shown below
its name.
3.
Press
SEL
EDIT
LOC
1603
1604
1607
1609
PARAMETERS
Pass code9901
Param restore
Param save
User set sel
No request
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
No request
[1]
CANCEL
Select the user set you want to load with keys
.
Press
SAVE
and
LOC
SAVE
PAR EDIT
Load set 1
[2]
CANCEL
4.
00:00
LOC
00:00
SAVE
FAULT
FAULT 310
USERSET LOAD
EXIT
RESET
How to view information about the backup
Step
1.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
Step
Action
Display
2.
LOC
PAR BACKUP
2
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
00:00
SEL
EXIT
3.
Press
. The display shows the following information
about the drive from where the backup was made:
BACKUP INTERFACE VER: Format version of the
backup file
FIRMWARE VERSION: Information on the firmware
UIFI: Firmware of the ACS850 drive
2020: Firmware version
0: Firmware patch version
PRODUCT VARIANT:
3: ACS850 (Standard control program)
You can scroll the information with
and
.
4.
SEL
Press
EXIT
LOC
BACKUP INFO
BACKUP INTERFACE VER
0.4
0.4
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFI,2020,0,
00:00
EXIT
LOC
BACKUP INFO
FIRMWARE VERSION
UIFI,2020,0,
UIFI,1010,0,
PRODUCT VARIANT
3
EXIT
00:00
LOC
PAR BACKUP
1
MAKE BACKUP TO PANEL
SHOW BACKUP INFO
RESTORE PARS ALL
RESTORE PARS NO-IDRUN
RESTORE PARS IDRUN
00:00
SEL
EXIT
I/O Settings
In the I/O Settings mode, you can:
check the parameter settings that configure the I/Os of the drive
check the parameters that have an input or output selected as their source or
target
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
EXIT
2.
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
00:00
ENTER
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 1
Analog outputs
Analog inputs
Digital I/Os
Digital inputs
Relay outputs
00:00
SEL
EXIT
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 4
Analog outputs
Analog inputs
Digital I/Os
Digital inputs
Relay outputs
00:00
SEL
EXIT
SEL
3.
Press
. After a brief pause, the display shows the
current settings for the selection.
You can scroll digital inputs and parameters with keys
and
.
4.
Press
. The panel shows information related to I/O
selected (in this case, DI1).
You can scroll information with keys
and
.
EXIT
Press
to return to the digital inputs.
INFO
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 1
DI1
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI2
DI3
1010 Fault reset sel
00:00
INFO
EXIT
LOC
I/O INFO
NUM OF I/O ITEMS
0
SLOT NUMBER
0
NODE NUMBER
00:00
EXIT
Step
Action
Display
5.
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 1
DI1
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI2
DI3
1010 Fault reset sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
6.
Press
EDIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
DI1
[P.02.01.00]
CANCEL 00:00
7.
8.
LOC
SEL
PAR EDIT
DI04
[P.02.03.03]
CANCEL 00:00
SEL
LOC
I/O SETTINGS 1
DI1
1002 Ext1 start in1
DI2
DI3
1010 Fault reset sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
Reference Edit
In the Reference Edit option, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
1.
REM
MESSAGE
Reference editing
enabled only in
local control mode
2.
MENU
00:00
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
3.
LOC
00:00
+ 0000.00
LOC
5.
00:00
rpm
NEXT
REF EDIT
- 1250.00 rpm
CANCEL
SAVE
ENTER
REF EDIT
CANCEL
4.
LOC
DIR
00:00
SAVE
-1250.00rpm
49. 10
0. 50
10.7
00:00
Hz
A
%
MENU
Drive Info
In the Drive Info option, you can:
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
00:00
ENTER
2.
LOC
DRIVE INFO
DRIVE NAME
DRIVE TYPE
ACS850
DRIVE MODEL
EXIT
00:00
3.
LOC
DRIVE INFO
FW VERSION
UIFI, 2020, 0,
SOLUTION PROGRAM
BASE SOLUTION PROGRAM
EXIT
00:00
start, stop, change the direction and switch between local and remote control.
Action
Display
MENU
LOC
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
ASSISTANTS
CHANGED PAR
EXIT
2.
00:00
ENTER
LOC
MESSAGE
No parameters
available
00:00
3.
1
LOC
LAST CHANGES
9402 Ext IO2 sel
None
11.09.2008 12:04:55
9401 Ext IO1 sel
9402 Ext IO2 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
LOC
PAR EDIT
None
[0]
CANCEL
4.
LOC
00:00
SAVE
PAR EDIT
FIO-01
00:00
SAVE
Step
Action
Display
5.
1
LOC
LAST CHANGES
9402 Ext IO2 sel
FIO-01
12.09.2008 15:09:33
9402 Ext IO2 sel
9401 Ext IO1 sel
00:00
EDIT
EXIT
3
Control locations and
operating modes
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the control locations and operating modes of the drive.
External control
2) 3)
I/O 1) 3)
PLC
(= Programmable
logic controller)
Local control
Drive-to-drive link or
EFB
Control panel or PC tool
(DriveStudio)
(optional)
Fieldbus adapter
Fxxx in Slot 3
3~
MOTOR
Encoder
1) Extra inputs/outputs can be added by installing optional I/O extension modules (FIO-xx) in
drive Slot 1/2.
2) Encoder or resolver interface module (FEN-xx) installed in drive Slot 1/2
3) Two encoder/resolver interface modules of the same type are not allowed.
Local control
The control commands are given from the control panel keypad or from a PC
equipped with DriveStudio when the drive is in local control. Speed and torque control
modes are available for local control.
Local control is mainly used during commissioning and maintenance. The control
panel always overrides the external control signal sources when used in local control.
Changing the control location to local can be disabled by parameter 16.01 Local lock.
The user can select by a parameter (30.03 Local ctrl loss) how the drive reacts to a
control panel or PC tool communication break.
External control
When the drive is in external control, control commands are given through the
fieldbus interface (via an embedded fieldbus interface or an optional fieldbus adapter
module), the I/O terminals (digital and analog inputs), optional I/O extension modules
or the drive-to-drive link. External references are given through the fieldbus interface,
analog inputs, drive-to-drive link and encoder inputs.
Two external control locations, EXT1 and EXT2, are available. The user can select
control signals (e.g. start and stop) and control modes for both external control
locations. Depending on the user selection, either EXT1 or EXT2 is active at a time.
Selection between EXT1/EXT2 is done via digital inputs or fieldbus control word.
Emergency stop modes OFF1 and OFF3: Drive stops along the defined
deceleration ramp and drive modulation stops.
Jogging mode: Drive starts and accelerates to the defined speed when the
jogging signal is activated.
Program features 57
4
Program features
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the features of the control program.
firmware program
application program.
Drive control program
Application program
Function block
program
Standard
block library
Firmware
blocks
(parameter
and signal
interface)
Firmware
Speed control
Torque control
Drive logic
I/O interface
Fieldbus interface
Protections
Feedback
The firmware program performs the main control functions, including speed and
torque control, drive logic (start/stop), I/O, feedback, communication and protection
functions. Firmware functions are configured and programmed with parameters.
58 Program features
All parameter settings are stored automatically to the permanent memory of the drive.
It is recommended to force a save of the parameter settings using parameter 16.07
Param save before powering down the control unit after any parameter changes.
If necessary, the default parameter values can be restored by parameter 16.04
Param restore.
Note: In case only part of the parameters are visible, set parameter 16.15 Menu set
sel to Load long.
Application programming
The functions of the firmware program can be extended with application
programming. (A standard drive delivery does not include an application program.)
Application programs can be built out of function blocks based on the IEC-61131
standard. Some drive parameters are used as firmware function block inputs and can
therefore be modified also via the application program. Note that parameter changes
made via the application program override changes made via the DriveStudio PC
tool.
For more information, see
Program features 59
Notes:
The application licence can only be assigned to a complete drive, not a standalone control unit.
A protected application can only be downloaded to a complete drive, not a standalone control unit.
Control interfaces
Programmable analog inputs
The drive has two programmable analog inputs. Each of the inputs can be
independently set as a voltage (0/210 V or -1010 V) or current (0/420 mA)
input by a jumper on the JCU Control Unit. Each input can be filtered, inverted and
scaled. The number of analog inputs can be increased by using FIO-xx I/O
extensions.
Settings
Parameter group 13 Analogue inputs (page 140).
60 Program features
Digital I/O
(DIO)
Analog
inputs
(AI)
Analog
outputs
(AO)
Relay
outputs
(RO)
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
Location
For example, with FIO-01 and FIO-21 connected to the drive, parameters controlling
DI18, DIO16, AI13, AO12 and RO17 are in use.
Settings
Parameter groups 13 Analogue inputs (page 140), 14 Digital I/O (page 147), 15
Analogue outputs (page 160) and 94 Ext IO conf (page 266).
Fieldbus control
The drive can be connected to several different automation systems through its
fieldbus interface. See chapters Control through the embedded fieldbus interface
(page 327) and Control through a fieldbus adapter (page 355).
Settings
Parameter groups 50 Fieldbus (page 243), 51 FBA settings (page 246), 52 FBA data
in (page 247), 53 FBA data out (page 248) and 58 Embedded Modbus (page 252).
Program features 61
Motor control
Constant speeds
It is possible to predefine up to 7 constant speeds. Constant speeds can be activated,
for example, through digital inputs. Constant speeds override the speed reference.
Settings
Parameter group 26 Constant speeds (page 192).
Critical speeds
A Critical speeds function is available for applications where it is necessary to avoid
certain motor speeds or speed ranges because of, for example, mechanical
resonance problems.
Settings
Parameter group 25 Critical speed (page 191).
62 Program features
The prerequisites for performing the autotune routine are:
Speed, torque, current and acceleration limits (parameter groups 20 Limits and 22
Speed ref ramp) are set
Speed feedback filtering, speed error filtering and zero speed are set (parameter
groups 19 Speed calculation and 23 Speed ctrl)
The results of the autotune routine are automatically transferred into parameters
The figure below shows speed responses at a speed reference step (typically
120%).
n
nN
t
A: Undercompensated
B: Normally tuned (autotuning)
C: Normally tuned (manually). Better dynamic performance than with B
D: Overcompensated speed controller
Program features 63
The figure below is a simplified block diagram of the speed controller. The controller
output is the reference for the torque controller.
Derivative
acceleration
compensation
Speed
reference
+
-
Error
value
Proportional,
integral
+ Torque
+ reference
Derivative
Actual speed
Settings
Parameter group 23 Speed ctrl (page 182).
Encoder support
The program offers support for two encoders (or resolvers), encoder 1 and 2.
Multiturn encoders are supported only as encoder 1. Four optional interface modules
are available:
TTL Encoder Interface FEN-01: two TTL inputs, TTL output (for encoder
emulation and echo) and two digital inputs for position latching
Absolute Encoder Interface FEN-11: absolute encoder input, TTL input, TTL
output (for encoder emulation and echo) and two digital inputs for position latching
Resolver Interface FEN-21: resolver input, TTL input, TTL output (for encoder
emulation echo) and two digital inputs for position latching.
HTL Encoder Interface FEN-31: HTL encoder input, TTL output (for encoder
emulation and echo) and two digital inputs for position latching.
The interface module is connected to drive option Slot 1 or 2. Note: Two encoder
interface modules of the same type are not allowed.
Settings
Parameter groups 91 Absol enc conf (page 261), 92 Resolver conf (page 264) and 93
Pulse enc conf (page 264).
64 Program features
Jogging
Two jogging functions (1 or 2) are available. When a jogging function is activated, the
drive starts and accelerates to the defined jogging speed along the defined jogging
acceleration ramp. When the function is deactivated, the drive decelerates to a stop
along the defined jogging deceleration ramp. One push button can be used to start
and stop the drive during jogging. The jogging function is typically used during
servicing or commissioning to control the machinery locally.
Jogging functions 1 and 2 are activated by a parameter or through fieldbus. For
activation through fieldbus, see parameter 02.22 FBA main cw or 02.36
EFB main cw.
The figure and table below describe the operation of the drive during jogging. (Note
that they cannot be directly applied to jogging commands through fieldbus as those
require no enable signal; see parameter 10.09 Jog enable.) They also represent how
the drive shifts to normal operation (= jogging inactive) when the drive start command
is switched on. Jog cmd = State of the jogging input; Jog enable = Jogging enabled
by the source set by parameter 10.09 Jog enable; Start cmd = State of the drive start
command.
Speed
Jogging example
Phase
Jog
cmd
Jog
enable
Start
cmd
1-2
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
Time
Description
Drive accelerates to the jogging speed along the acceleration
ramp of the jogging function.
2-3
3-4
4-5
Drive is stopped.
5-6
6-7
7-8
Program features 65
Phase
Jog
cmd
Jog
enable
Start
cmd
8-9
9-10
10-11
Drive is stopped.
11-12
12-13
13-14
14-15
15-16
Description
Note: Jogging is not operational when the drive start command is on, or if the drive is
in local control.
Note: The ramp shape time is set to zero during jogging.
In multimotor drives: 1) if the load is not equally shared between the motors, 2) if
the motors are of different sizes, or 3) if the motors are going to be changed after
motor identification (ID run)
If the nominal current of the motor is less than 1/6 of the nominal output current of
the drive
If the drive is used without a motor connected (for example, for test purposes)
66 Program features
IR compensation for a scalar controlled drive
IR compensation is active only when
the motor control mode is scalar. When
IR compensation is activated, the drive
gives an extra voltage boost to the
motor at low speeds. IR compensation
is useful in applications that require a
high break-away torque.
Motor Voltage
IR Compensation
No compensation
f (Hz)
Overload area
34.14
34.15
34.13
34.08
34.16
34.11
34.17
34.12
Underload area
f (Hz)
Par. 34.03
Par. 34.04
Par. 34.05
Settings
Parameter group 34 User load curve (page 213).
Par. 34.06
Par. 34.07
Program features 67
Par. 38.13
Par. 38.12
Par. 38.11
Par. 38.10
Par. 38.09
Par. 38.04
Par. 38.05
Par. 38.06
f (Hz)
Note: The U/f curve can be used in scalar control only, i.e, when 99.05 Motor ctrl
mode setting is Scalar.
Note: Each user-defined point must have a higher frequency and higher voltage than
the previous point.
WARNING! High voltage at low frequencies may result in poor performance
or motor damage due to overheating.
Settings
Parameter group 38 Flux ref (page 226).
68 Program features
Autophasing
Autophasing is an automatic measurement routine to determine the angular position
of the magnetic flux of a permanent magnet synchronous motor or the magnetic axis
of a synchronous reluctance motor. The motor control requires the absolute position
of the rotor flux in order to control motor torque accurately.
Sensors like absolute encoders and resolvers indicate the rotor position at all times
after the offset between the zero angle of rotor and that of the sensor has been
established. On the other hand, a standard pulse encoder determines the rotor
position when it rotates but the initial position is not known. However, a pulse encoder
can be used as an absolute encoder if it is equipped with Hall sensors, albeit with
coarse initial position accuracy. The Hall sensors generate so-called commutation
pulses that change their state six times during one revolution, so it is only known
within which 60 sector of a complete revolution the initial position is.
N
Rotor
Absolute encoder/resolver
Program features 69
Note: In the open loop mode, the motor always turns when it is started as the shaft is
turned towards the remanence flux.
A rotor position offset used in motor control can also be given by the user. See
parameter 97.20 PM angle offset.
Note: The same parameter is used by the autophasing routine which always writes
its result to parameter 97.20 PM angle offset. Autophasing ID run results are updated
even if the user mode is not enabled (see parameter 97.01 Use given params).
Several autophasing modes are available (see parameter 11.07 Autophasing mode).
The turning mode is recommended especially with case 1 (see the list above) as it is
the most robust and accurate method. In the turning mode, the motor shaft is turned
back and forward (360/polepairs) in order to determine the rotor position. In case 3
(open-loop control), the shaft is turned only in one direction and the angle is smaller.
The standstill modes can be used if the motor cannot be turned (for example, when
the load is connected). As the characteristics of motors and loads differ, testing must
be done to find out the most suitable standstill mode.
The drive is capable of determining the rotor position when started to a running motor
in open-loop or closed-loop modes. In this situation, the setting of parameter 11.07
Autophasing mode has no effect.
The autophasing routine can fail, and therefore, it is recommended to perform the
autophasing routine several times and check the value of parameter 97.20 PM angle
offset.
The autophasing fault can occur in a running motor if the estimated angle of the rotor
differs too much from the measured angle of the rotor. One reason for different values
in the estimated and measured angles is that there is a slip in the encoder connection
to the motor axle.
Another cause for the autophasing fault is a failed autophasing routine. In other
words, there has been a wrong value in parameter 97.20 PM angle offset from the
beginning.
The third reason for the autophasing fault in a running motor is that there is a wrong
motor type in the control program or that the motor ID run has failed.
In addition, fault 0026 AUTOPHASING can occur during the autophasing routine if
parameter 11.07 Autophasing mode is set to Turning. The Turning mode requires that
the rotor can be turned during the autophasing routine. If the rotor is locked or cannot
be easily turned or if the rotor turns by force of external power, the autophasing fault
is triggered. Regardless of the chosen mode, the autophasing fault occurs if the rotor
is turning before the autophasing routine is started.
70 Program features
Flux braking
The drive can provide greater deceleration by raising the level of magnetization in the
motor. By increasing the motor flux, the energy generated by the motor during
braking can be converted to motor thermal energy.
TBr
Motor
speed
TN
No flux braking
(%)
60
40
Flux braking
20
Flux braking
No flux braking
t (s)
f (Hz)
The drive monitors the motor status continuously, also during flux braking. Therefore,
flux braking can be used both for stopping the motor and for changing the speed. The
other benefits of flux braking are:
The braking starts immediately after a stop command is given. The function does
not need to wait for the flux reduction before it can start the braking.
The cooling of the induction motor is efficient. The stator current of the motor
increases during flux braking, not the rotor current. The stator cools much more
efficiently than the rotor.
Flux braking can be used with induction motors and permanent magnet
synchronous motors.
Full braking exploits almost all available current to convert the mechanical braking
energy to motor thermal energy. Braking time is shorter compared to moderate
braking. In cyclic use, motor heating may be significant.
Settings
Parameter 40.10 Flux braking (page 229)
Program features 71
Application control
Application macros
See chapter Application macros (page 91).
AI1
AI2
D2D
FBA
Process
PID
Process
actual
values
72 Program features
Sleep function for process PID control
The following example visualizes the operation of the sleep function.
The drive controls a pressure boost pump. The water consumption falls at night. As a
consequence, the process PID controller decreases the motor speed. However, due
to natural losses in the pipes and the low efficiency of the centrifugal pump at low
speeds, the motor would never stop rotating. The sleep function detects the slow
rotation and stops the unnecessary pumping after the sleep delay has passed. The
drive shifts into sleep mode, still monitoring the pressure. The pumping resumes
when the pressure falls under the predefined minimum level and the wake-up delay
has passed.
Motor speed
t<td
td
Sleep level
(27.23)
SLEEP MODE
Actual value
STOP
START
Time
twd
Time
Actual value
Wake-up level
(27.25)
twd
Settings
Parameter group 27 Process PID (page 194) and parameter 23.08 Speed additive
(page 186).
Program features 73
The PID control macro can be activated from the control panel main menu by
selecting ASSISTANTS Firmware assistants Application Macro PID control. See
also page 96.
1)
BSM
STOPPED
0/0/1/1
2)
9)
Fault/Alarm*
BRAKE NOT CLOSED
BSM
START
0/1/1/1
3)
10)
Fault/Alarm*
BRAKE START TORQUE
OPEN
BRAKE
1/1/0/0
4)
RELEASE
RAMP
11)
5)
6)
12)
CLOSE
BRAKE
13)
Fault/Alarm*
BRAKE NOT OPEN
1/1/0/0
Fault/Alarm*
BRAKE NOT CLOSED
0/1/1/0
7)
EXTENDED
RUN
14)
State (Symbol
NN
W/X/Y/Z )
8)
74 Program features
X: 1 = Forced start (inverter is modulating). The function keeps the internal start command
on until the brake is closed in spite of the status of the external stop command. Effective
only when ramp stop has been selected as the stop mode (11.03 Stop mode). Run enable
and faults override the forced start. 0 = No forced start (normal operation).
Y: 1 = Drive control mode is forced to speed/scalar.
Z: 1 = Reference ramp generator output is forced to zero. 0 = Reference ramp generator
output is enabled (normal operation).
State change conditions (Symbol
1)
Brake control is active (42.01 Brake ctrl = With ack or No ack) OR modulation of the drive
is requested to stop. The drive control mode is forced to speed/scalar.
2)
External start command is on AND brake open request is on (source selected by 42.10
Brake close req is 0) AND reopen delay (42.07 Reopen delay) has elapsed.
3)
Starting torque required at brake release is reached (42.08 Brake open torq) AND brake
hold is not active (42.11 Brake hold open). Note: With scalar control, the defined starting
torque has no effect.
4)
Brake is open (acknowledgement source selected by par. 42.02 Brake acknowl is 1)
AND the brake open delay has elapsed (42.03 Open delay). Start = 1.
5) 6) Start = 0 OR brake close command is active AND actual motor speed < brake close
speed (42.05 Close speed) AND close command delay (42.06 Close cmd delay) has
elapsed.
7)
Brake is closed (acknowledgement = 0) AND brake close delay (42.04 Close delay) has
elapsed. Start = 0.
8)
Start = 1 AND brake open request is on (source selected by 42.10 Brake close req is 0)
AND reopen delay has elapsed.
9)
Brake is open (acknowledgement = 1) AND brake close delay has elapsed.
10) Defined starting torque at brake release is not reached.
11) Brake is closed (acknowledgement = 0) AND brake open delay has elapsed.
12) Brake is closed (acknowledgement = 0).
13) Brake is open (acknowledgement = 1) AND brake close delay has elapsed. Fault is
generated after brake close fault delay (42.13 Close flt delay) has elapsed.
14) Brake is closed (acknowledgement = 1) AND extended run delay (42.14 Extend run time)
has elapsed. Start = 0.
Program features 75
Operation time scheme
The simplified time scheme below illustrates the operation of the brake control
function.
Start cmd
(06.02 b0)
Reference
ramp input
(03.03)
Modulating
(06.02 b3)
Ref_Running
(06.02 b4)
Brake open
cmd (03.16)
Reference
ramp output
(03.05)
ncs
Torque ref
Tmem
Ts
1t
md
3 t
4
od
tcd
Ts
Tmem
Stored torque value at brake close (signal 03.15 Brake torq mem)
tmd
tod
ncs
tccd
tcd
tex
7 tex
Time
76 Program features
Example
The figure below shows a brake control application example.
WARNING! Make sure that the machinery into which the drive with brake
control function is integrated fulfils the personnel safety regulations. Note
that the frequency converter (a Complete Drive Module or a Basic Drive
Module, as defined in IEC 61800-2), is not considered as a safety device
mentioned in the European Machinery Directive and related harmonized
standards. Thus, the personnel safety of the complete machinery must not
be based on a specific frequency converter feature (such as the brake
control function), but it has to be implemented as defined in the application
specific regulations.
The brake on/off is controlled via signal 03.16 Brake command. The source for the brake
supervision is selected by parameter 42.02 Brake acknowl.
The brake control hardware and wirings need to be done by the user.
Brake on/off control through selected relay/digital output.
Brake supervision through selected digital input.
Emergency brake switch in the brake control circuit.
Brake on/off control through relay output (i.e. parameter 14.42 RO1 src setting is
P.03.16.00 = 03.16 Brake command).
Brake supervision through digital input DI5 (i.e. parameter 42.02 Brake acknowl setting is
P.02.01.04 = 02.01 DI status, bit 4)
Brake control
hardware
230 VAC
Emergency
brake
X2
1
RO1
RO1
RO1
X3
M
Motor
JCU unit
Mechanical brake
11
DI5
13
+24 V
Program features 77
Timers
It is possible to define four different daily or weekly time periods. The time periods can
be used to control four different timers. The on/off statuses of the four timers are
indicated by bits 03 of parameter 06.14 Timed func stat, from where the signal can
be connected to any parameter with a bit pointer setting (see page 104). In addition,
bit 4 of parameter 06.14 is on if any one of the four timers is on.
Each time period can be assigned to multiple timers; likewise, a timer can be
controlled by multiple time periods.
The figure below presents how different time periods are active in daily and weekly
modes.
Time period 1: Start time 00:00:00; Stop time 00:00:00 or 24:00:00; Start on Tuesday; Stop
day Sunday
Time period 2: Start time 03:00:00; Stop time 23:00:00; Start day Wednesday; Stop day
Wednesday
Time period 3: Start time 21:00:00; Stop time 03:00:00; Start day Tuesday; Stop day Saturday
Time period 4: Start time 12:00:00; Stop time 00:00:00 or 24:00:00; Start day Thursday; Stop
day Tuesday
Time period 1
(weekly)
Time period 1
(daily)
Time period 2
(weekly)
Time period 2
(daily)
Time period 3
(weekly)
Time period 3
(daily)
Thursday
Wednesday
Tuesday
Monday
Sunday
Saturday
Friday
Thursday
Wednesday
Tuesday
Monday
Time period 4
(weekly)
Time period 4
(daily)
78 Program features
A boost function is also available for the activation of the timers: a signal source can
be selected to extend the activation time for a parameter-adjustable time period.
Timer active
Timer enable signal
Boost signal
Boost time
Settings
Parameter group 36 Timed functions (page 221).
DC voltage control
Overvoltage control
Overvoltage control of the intermediate DC link is needed with two-quadrant line-side
converters when the motor operates within the generating quadrant. To prevent the
DC voltage from exceeding the overvoltage control limit, the overvoltage controller
automatically decreases the generating torque when the limit is reached.
Undervoltage control
If the incoming supply voltage is cut off, the drive will continue to operate by utilizing
the kinetic energy of the rotating motor. The drive will be fully operational as long as
the motor rotates and generates energy to the drive. The drive can continue the
operation after the break if the main contactor remained closed.
Program features 79
Note: Units equipped with a main contactor must be equipped with a hold circuit (e.g.
UPS) to keep the contactor control circuit closed during a short supply break.
Umains
TM
(Nm)
fout
(Hz)
UDC
(V DC)
160
80
520
120
60
390
80
40
260
40
20
130
UDC
fout
TM
t (s)
1.6
4.8
11.2
14.4
UDC = intermediate circuit voltage of the drive, fout = output frequency of the drive,
TM = motor torque
Loss of supply voltage at nominal load (f out = 40 Hz). The intermediate circuit DC voltage drops to the
minimum limit. The controller keeps the voltage steady as long as the mains is switched off. The drive runs
the motor in generator mode. The motor speed falls but the drive is operational as long as the motor has
enough kinetic energy.
80 Program features
Brake chopper
The built-in brake chopper of the drive can be used to handle the energy generated
by a decelerating motor.
When the brake chopper is enabled and a resistor connected, the chopper will start
conducting when the DC link voltage of the drive reaches UDC_BR - 30 V. The
maximum braking power is achieved at UDC_BR + 30 V.
UDC_BR = 1.35 1.25 01.19 Used supply volt.
Settings
Parameter group 48 Brake chopper (page 241).
Program features 81
When an emergency stop signal is detected, the emergency stop function cannot
be cancelled even though the signal is cancelled.
If the minimum (or maximum) torque limit is set to 0%, the emergency stop
function may not be able to stop the drive.
measuring the motor temperature with PTC, Pt100 or KTY84 sensors. This will
result in a more accurate motor model.
82 Program features
Temperature monitoring using PTC sensors
A PTC sensor can be connected between +24 V and digital input DI6 of the drive, or
to an optional encoder interface module FEN-xx.
The resistance of the sensor increases as the motor temperature rises over the
sensor reference temperature Tref, as does the voltage over the resistor.
The figure and table below show typical PTC sensor resistance values as a function
of the motor operating temperature.
Ohm
4000
1330
Temperature
PTC resistance
Normal
01 kohm
Excessive
> 4 kohm*
550
100
For the wiring of the sensor, refer to the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Temperature monitoring using Pt100 sensors
A Pt100 sensor can be connected to AI1 and AO1 on the JCU Control Unit, or to the
first available AI and AO on the optional FIO-11 I/O extension module.
The analog output feeds constant current through the sensor. The sensor resistance
increases as the motor temperature rises, as does the voltage over the sensor. The
temperature measurement function reads the voltage through the analog input and
converts it to degrees centigrade.
For the wiring of the sensor, refer to the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Program features 83
Temperature monitoring using KTY84 sensors
A KTY84 sensor can be connected to AI1 and AO1 on the JCU Control Unit, or to an
optional encoder interface module FEN-xx.
The figure and table below show typical KTY84 sensor resistance values as a
function of the motor operating temperature.
Ohm
3000
2000
KTY84 scaling
90 C = 936 ohm
110 C = 1063 ohm
130 C = 1197 ohm
1000
0
-100
100
200
300
It is possible to adjust the motor temperature supervision limits and select how the
drive reacts when overtemperature is detected.
For the wiring of the sensor, refer to the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Settings
Parameter group 31 Motor therm prot (page 202).
84 Program features
an earth fault in the supply cable does not activate the protection
the capacitive currents caused by shielded motor cables up to 300 metres will not
activate the protection
Program features 85
Stall protection (parameters 30.0930.12)
The drive protects the motor in a stall situation. It is possible to adjust the supervision
limits (current, frequency and time) and choose how the drive reacts to a motor stall
condition.
Diagnostics
Signal supervision
Three signals can be selected to be supervised by this function. Whenever the signal
exceeds (or falls below) a predefined limit, a bit of 06.13 Superv status is activated.
Absolute values can be used.
Settings
Parameter group 33 Supervision (page 209).
Maintenance counters
The program has six different maintenance counters that can be configured to
generate an alarm when the counter reaches a pre-defined limit. The counter can be
set to monitor any parameter. This feature is especially useful as a service reminder.
There are three types of counters:
Ontime counter. Measures the time a digital source (for example, a bit in a status
word) is on.
Rising edge counter. This counter is incremented whenever the monitored digital
source changes state from 0 to 1.
Settings
Parameter group 44 Maintenance (page 234).
86 Program features
An energy optimizer that adjusts the motor flux in such a way that the total
efficiency is maximized
A counter that monitors used and saved energy by the motor and displays them in
kWh, currency or volume of CO2 emission, and
A load analyzer showing the load profile of the drive (see page 86).
Note: The accuracy of the energy savings calculation is directly dependent on the
accuracy of the reference motor power given in parameter 45.08 Reference power.
Settings
Parameter group 45 Energy optimising (page 240).
Load analyzer
Peak value logger
The user can select a signal to be monitored by the peak value logger. The logger
records the peak value of the signal along with the time the peak occurred, as well as
motor current, DC voltage and motor speed at the time of the peak.
Amplitude loggers
The drive has two amplitude loggers.
For amplitude logger 2, the user can select a signal to be sampled at 200 ms intervals
when the drive is running, and specify a value that corresponds to 100%. The
collected samples are sorted into 10 read-only parameters according to their
amplitude. Each parameter represents an amplitude range 10 percentage points
wide, and displays the percentage of the collected samples that fall within that range.
>90%
8090%
7080%
6070%
5060%
4050%
3040%
2030%
1020%
010%
Percentage of samples
Program features 87
Amplitude ranges
(parameters 64.2464.33)
Amplitude logger 1 is fixed to monitor motor current, and cannot be reset. With
amplitude logger 1, 100% corresponds to the maximum output current of the drive
(IMax).
Settings
Parameter group 64 Load analyzer (page 256).
Miscellaneous
Backup and restore of drive contents
General
The drive offers a possibility of backing up numerous settings and configurations to
external storage such as a PC file (using the DriveStudio tool) and the internal
memory of the control panel. These settings and configurations can then be restored
to the drive, or a number of drives.
Backup using DriveStudio includes
Parameter settings
Application program.
88 Program features
Backup using the drive control panel includes
Parameter settings
For detailed instructions for performing the backup/restore, refer to page 39 and the
DriveStudio documentation.
Limitations
A backup can be done without interfering with drive operation, but restoring a backup
always resets and reboots the control unit, so restore is not possible with the drive
running.
Restoring backup files from one firmware version to another is considered risky, so
the results should be carefully observed and verified when done for the first time. The
parameters and application support are bound to change between firmware versions
and backups are not always compatible with other firmware versions even if restore is
allowed by the backup/restore tool. Before using the backup/restore functions
between different firmware versions, refer to the release notes of each version.
Applications should not be transferred between different firmware versions. Contact
the supplier of the application when it needs to be updated for a new firmware
version.
Parameter restore
Parameters are divided into three different groups that can be restored together or
individually:
Other parameters.
For example, retaining the existing ID run results in the drive will make a new ID run
unnecessary.
Restore of individual parameters can fail for the following reasons:
The restored value does not fall within the minimum and maximum limits of the
drive parameter
The type of the restored parameter is different from that in the drive
The restored parameter does not exist in the drive (often the case when restoring
the parameters of a new firmware version to a drive with an older version)
The backup does not contain a value for the drive parameter (often the case when
restoring the parameters of an old firmware version to a drive with a newer
version).
In these cases, the parameter is not restored; the backup/restore tool will warn the
user and offer a possibility to set the parameter manually.
Program features 89
User parameter sets
The drive has four user parameter sets that can be saved to the permanent memory
and recalled using drive parameters. It is also possible to use digital inputs to switch
between different user parameter sets. See the descriptions of parameters
16.0916.12.
A user parameter set contains all values of parameter groups 10 to 99 (except the
configuration settings for fieldbus adapter communication).
As the motor settings are included in the user parameter sets, make sure the settings
correspond to the motor used in the application before recalling a user set. In an
application where different motors are used with one drive, the motor ID run needs to
be performed with each motor and saved to different user sets. The appropriate set
can then be recalled when the motor is switched.
Settings
Parameter group 16 System (page 167).
Drive-to-drive link
The drive-to-drive link is a daisy-chained RS-485 transmission line that allows basic
master/follower communication with one master drive and multiple followers.
See chapter Drive-to-drive link (page 365).
Settings
Parameter group 57 D2D communication (page 249).
90 Program features
Application macros 91
5
Application macros
What this chapter contains
This chapter describes the intended use, operation and default control connections of
the application macros.
More information on the connectivity of the JCU control unit is given in the Hardware
Manual of the drive.
General
Application macros are pre-defined parameter sets. When starting up the drive, the
user typically selects one of the macros as a basis, makes the essential changes and
saves the result as a user parameter set.
Application macros are activated through the control panel main menu by selecting
ASSISTANTS Application Macro. User parameter sets are managed by the
parameters in group 16 System.
92 Application macros
Factory macro
The Factory macro is suited to relatively straightforward speed control applications
such as conveyors, pumps and fans, and test benches.
In external control, the control location is EXT1. The drive is speed-controlled; the
reference signal is connected to analog input AI1. The sign of the reference
determines the running direction. The start/stop commands are given through digital
input DI1. Faults are reset through DI3.
The default parameter settings for the Factory macro are listed in chapter Additional
parameter data (page 275).
Application macros 93
NO
XRO1
GND
COM
XRO2
+24VI
COM
XRO3
XPOW
COM
NC
NC
NO
4
5
NC
NO
+24VD
DIGND
+24 V DC
XD24
+24 V DC
+24VD
DIOGND
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DIIL
XDIO
XDI
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
Reference voltage ()
-VREF
Ground
AGND
AI1+
XAI
AI1-
AI2+
AI2-
AI2
AO1+
XAO
AO2+
AO2-
XD2D
XSTO
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to start.
AO1-
7
AI1
BGND
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
94 Application macros
Hand/Auto macro
The Hand/Auto macro is suited for speed control applications where two external
control devices are used.
The drive is speed-controlled from the external control locations EXT1 and EXT2.
The selection between the control locations is done through digital input DI3.
The start/stop signal for EXT1 is connected to DI1 while running direction is
determined by DI2. For EXT2, start/stop commands are given through DI6, the
direction through DI5.
The reference signals for EXT1 and EXT2 are connected to analog inputs AI1 and
AI2 respectively.
A constant speed (300 rpm) can be activated through DI4.
Default parameter settings for Hand/Auto macro
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 275).
Parameter
Hand/Auto macro
default
No.
Name
10.01
In1St In2Dir
10.03
DI2
10.04
In1St In2Dir
10.05
DI6
10.06
DI5
10.10
C.FALSE
12.01
Ext1/Ext2 sel
DI3
13.05
0.000
13.09
1500.000
13.10
0.000
21.02
AI2 scaled
21.04
DI3
26.02
DI4
26.06
Const speed1
300 rpm
Application macros 95
NO
XRO1
GND
COM
XRO2
+24VI
COM
XRO3
XPOW
COM
NC
NC
NO
4
5
NC
NO
+24VD
DIGND
+24 V DC
XD24
+24 V DC
+24VD
DIOGND
DI1
DI2
XDI
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DIIL
XDIO
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
Reference voltage ()
-VREF
Ground
AGND
AI1+
XAI
AI1-
AI2+
AI2-
AI2
AO1+
XAO
AO2+
AO2-
XD2D
XSTO
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to start.
AO1-
7
AI1
BGND
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
96 Application macros
The process reference signal is connected to analog input AI1 and the process
feedback signal to AI2. Alternatively, a direct speed reference can be given to the
drive through AI1. Then the PID controller is bypassed and the drive no longer
controls the process variable.
Selection between direct speed control (control location EXT1) and process variable
control (EXT2) is done through digital input DI3.
The stop/start signals for EXT1 and EXT2 are connected to DI1 and DI6 respectively.
A constant speed (300 rpm) can be activated through DI4.
Default parameter settings for PID control macro
Below is a listing of default parameter values that differ from those listed in chapter
Additional parameter data (page 275).
Parameter
No.
Name
10.04
In1
10.05
DI6
10.10
C.FALSE
12.01
Ext1/Ext2 sel
DI3
13.05
0.000
13.09
1500.000
13.10
0.000
21.02
PID out
21.04
DI3
26.02
DI4
26.06
Const speed1
300 rpm
Application macros 97
NO
XRO1
GND
COM
XRO2
+24VI
COM
XRO3
XPOW
COM
NC
NC
NO
4
5
NC
NO
+24VD
DIGND
+24 V DC
XD24
+24 V DC
+24VD
DIOGND
DI1
DI2
XDI
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DIIL
XDIO
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
Reference voltage ()
-VREF
Ground
AGND
AI1+
XAI
AI1-
AI2+
AI2-
AI2
AO1+
XAO
AO2+
AO2-
XD2D
XSTO
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to start.
AO1-
7
AI1
BGND
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
PT
98 Application macros
Torque control
macro default
No.
Name
10.01
In1St In2Dir
10.03
DI2
10.04
In1St In2Dir
10.05
DI1
10.06
DI2
10.10
C.FALSE
12.01
Ext1/Ext2 sel
DI3
12.05
Torque
13.05
0.000
13.10
0.000
22.01
Acc/Dec sel
DI5
26.02
DI4
26.06
Const speed1
300 rpm
Application macros 99
NO
XRO1
GND
COM
XRO2
+24VI
COM
XRO3
XPOW
COM
NC
NC
NO
4
5
NC
NO
+24VD
DIGND
+24 V DC
XD24
+24 V DC
+24VD
DIOGND
DI2
DI3
XDI
DI4
DI5
DI6
DIIL
XDIO
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
Reference voltage ()
-VREF
Ground
AGND
AI1+
XAI
AI1-
AI2+
AI2-
AI2
AO1+
XAO
AO2+
AO2-
XD2D
XSTO
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to start.
AO1-
7
AI1
BGND
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
Stop along
deceleration ramp
Speed 1
Time
Accel1
Start/Stop
Accel1/Decel1
Speed 1
Speed 2
Accel2/Decel2
Speed 3
Accel1
Accel2
Decel2
Name
Sequential control
macro default
10.01
In1St In2Dir
10.03
DI2
10.10
C.FALSE
11.03
Stop mode
Ramp
13.05
0.000
22.01
Acc/Dec sel
DI3
26.01
0b11
26.02
DI4
26.03
DI5
26.04
DI6
26.06
Const speed1
300 rpm
26.07
Const speed2
600 rpm
26.08
Const speed3
900 rpm
26.09
Const speed4
1200 rpm
26.10
Const speed5
1500 rpm
26.11
Const speed6
2400 rpm
26.12
Const speed7
3000 rpm
NO
XRO1
GND
COM
XRO2
+24VI
COM
XRO3
XPOW
COM
NC
NC
NO
4
5
NC
NO
+24VD
DIGND
+24 V DC
XD24
+24 V DC
+24VD
DIOGND
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DIIL
XDIO
XDI
DIO1
DIO2
+VREF
Reference voltage ()
-VREF
Ground
AGND
AI1+
XAI
AI1-
AI2+
AI2-
AI2
AO1+
XAO
AO2+
AO2-
XD2D
XSTO
Safe torque off. Both circuits must be closed for the drive to start.
AO1-
7
AI1
BGND
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
Parameters 103
6
Parameters
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes the parameters, including actual signals, of the control
program.
Note: In case only part of the parameters are visible, set parameter 16.15 Menu set
sel to Load long.
104 Parameters
Definition
Actual signal
FbEq
Fieldbus equivalent. The scaling between the value shown on the panel
and the integer used in serial communication.
p.u.
Per unit
Parameters 105
Contents
01 Actual values
Page
107
02 I/O values
108
03 Control values
118
04 Appl values
119
06 Drive status
120
124
09 System info
128
10 Start/stop/dir
129
11 Start/stop mode
136
12 Operating mode
139
13 Analogue inputs
140
14 Digital I/O
147
15 Analogue outputs
160
16 System
167
19 Speed calculation
170
20 Limits
174
21 Speed ref
177
179
23 Speed ctrl
182
24 Torque ref
190
25 Critical speed
191
26 Constant speeds
192
27 Process PID
194
30 Fault functions
199
202
32 Automatic reset
209
33 Supervision
209
213
35 Process variable
215
36 Timed functions
Configuration of timers.
221
38 Flux ref
226
40 Motor control
227
230
44 Maintenance
234
45 Energy optimising
240
47 Voltage ctrl
241
48 Brake chopper
241
106 Parameters
Group
Contents
49 Data storage
16- and 32-bit data storage parameters that can be written to and read
from using other parameters pointer settings.
Page
242
50 Fieldbus
243
51 FBA settings
246
52 FBA data in
247
248
56 Panel display
248
249
58 Embedded Modbus
252
64 Load analyzer
256
74 Appl programming
259
260
261
92 Resolver conf
Resolver configuration.
264
264
94 Ext IO conf
266
95 Hw configuration
266
Motor values supplied by the user that are used in the motor model.
266
99 Start-up data
268
Parameters 107
Parameter listing
No.
Name/Value
01
Description
FbEq
01 Actual values
01.01
01.02
Motor speed %
100 = 1%
01.03
Output frequency
100 = 1 Hz
01.04
Motor current
100 = 1 A
01.05
Motor current %
10 = 1%
01.06
Motor torque
10 = 1%
01.07
Dc-voltage
100 = 1 V
01.08
Encoder1 speed
100 = 1 rpm
01.09
Encoder1 pos
100000000 =
1 rev
01.10
Encoder2 speed
100 = 1 rpm
01.11
Encoder2 pos
100000000 =
1 rev
01.12
Pos act
1000 = 1 rev
01.13
1000 = 1 rev
01.14
100 = 1 rpm
01.15
Temp inverter
10 = 1%
01.16
10 = 1%
01.17
Motor temp1
10 = 1 C
01.18
Motor temp2
10 = 1 C
01.19
10 = 1 V
01.20
1 = 1%
01.21
Cpu usage
1 = 1%
01.22
100 = 1 kW
or hp
01.23
Motor power
100 = 1 kW
or hp
01.24
kWh inverter
Amount of energy that has passed through the drive (in either
direction) in kilowatt-hours. The minimum value is zero. Can
be reset by entering 0 using the DriveStudio PC tool.
1 = 1 kWh
100 = 1 rpm
108 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
01.25
kWh supply
Amount of energy that the drive has taken from (or given to)
the AC supply in kilowatt-hours. Can be reset by entering 0
using the DriveStudio PC tool.
1 = 1 kWh
01.26
On-time counter
1=1h
01.27
Run-time counter
1=1h
01.28
Fan on-time
1=1h
01.29
1000 =
1 Nm
01.30
Polepairs
1=1
01.31
1000 = 1 s
01.32
Temp phase A
10 = 1%
01.33
Temp phase B
10 = 1%
01.34
Temp phase C
10 = 1%
01.35
Saved energy
1 = 1 kWh
01.36
Saved amount
1=1
01.37
Saved CO2
1 = 1 metric
ton
01.38
10 = 1 C
01.39
Output voltage
1=1V
01.40
Speed filt
Filtered result from 01.01 Motor speed rpm. The filtration time
is set with parameter 56.08 Speed filt time. This signal is not
used in motor control.
100 = 1 rpm
01.41
Torque filt
10 = 1%
01.42
1=1
02
02 I/O values
02.01
DI status
Parameters 109
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.02
RO status
02.03
DIO status
02.04
AI1
1000 = 1 unit
02.05
AI1 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.06
AI2
1000 = 1 unit
02.07
AI2 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.08
AI3
1000 = 1 unit
02.09
AI3 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.10
AI4
1000 = 1 unit
02.11
AI4 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.12
AI5
1000 = 1 unit
02.13
AI5 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.14
AI6
1000 = 1 unit
02.15
AI6 scaled
1000 = 1 unit
02.16
AO1
1000 = 1 mA
02.17
AO2
1000 = 1 mA
02.18
AO3
1000 = 1 mA
02.19
AO4
1000 = 1 mA
02.20
Freq in
1000 = 1
02.21
Freq out
1000 = 1 Hz
110 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.22
FBA main cw
Bit
0*
Value Information
1 Stop according to the stop mode selected by par. 11.03
Stop mode or according to the requested stop mode
(bits 26). Note: Simultaneous stop and start
commands result in a stop command.
0 No action.
1 Start. Note: Simultaneous stop and start commands
result in a stop command.
0 No action.
1 Emergency OFF2 (bit 0 must be 1). Drive is stopped by
cutting off motor power supply (the motor coasts to
stop). The drive will restart only with the next rising
edge of the start signal when the run enable signal is
on.
0 No action.
1 Emergency stop OFF3 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop within
time defined by 22.12 Em stop time.
0 No action.
1 Emergency stop OFF1 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop along the
currently active deceleration ramp.
0 No action.
1 Stop along the currently active deceleration ramp.
0 No action.
1 Coast to stop.
0 No action.
1 Activate run enable.
0 Activate run disable.
0 -> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
other No action.
Log.
Par.
OR
10.01,
10.04
OR
10.01,
10.04
AND
2*
3*
4*
Name
Stop
Start
StpMode
em off
StpMode
em stop
StpMode
off1
5*
StpMode
ramp
6*
StpMode
coast
Run
enable
Reset
AND 10.13
AND 10.15
11.03
11.03
AND
10.11
OR
10.10
(continued)
* If all stop mode bits (26) are 0, stop mode is selected by parameter 11.03 Stop mode. Coast
stop (bit 6) overrides the emergency stop (bits 2/3/4). Emergency stop overrides normal ramp stop
(bit 5).
Parameters 111
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Bit
Name
(continued)
9
Jogging 1
Value Information
Log.
Par.
OR
10.07
OR
10.08
OR
12.01
10
Jogging 2
11
Remote
cmd
12
Ramp
out 0
13
Ramp hold
14
Ramp in 0
15
Ext1 / Ext2
16
Req
startinh
17
Local ctl
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
18
FbLocal ref
1927
28
29
30
31
Reserved
CW B28
Freely programmable control bits. See parameters
50.0850.11 and the user manual of the fieldbus adapter.
CW B29
CW B30
CW B31
112 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.24
FBA main sw
Bit
0
Name
Ready
Enabled
Relay
running
Ref
running
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Em off
(OFF2)
Em stop
(OFF3)
Ack
startinh
Alarm
At setpoint
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
(continued)
Information
Drive is ready to receive start command.
Drive is not ready.
External run enable signal is received.
No external run enable signal is received.
Drive is modulating.
Drive is not modulating.
Normal operation is enabled. Drive is running and following given
reference.
Normal operation is disabled. Drive is not following given reference
(for example, it is modulating during magnetization).
Emergency OFF2 is active.
Emergency OFF2 is inactive.
Emergency stop OFF3 (ramp stop) is active.
Emergency stop OFF3 is inactive.
Start inhibit is active.
Start inhibit is inactive.
An alarm is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 303
No alarm is active.
Drive is at setpoint. Actual value equals reference value (i.e. the
difference between the actual speed and speed reference is within
the speed window defined by parameter 19.10 Speed window).
Drive has not reached setpoint.
Parameters 113
No.
Name/Value
Description
Bit
Name
(continued)
9
Limit
Value Information
10
Above limit
11
Ext2 act
12
Local fb
13
Zero
speed
14
Rev act
15
16
Reserved
Fault
17
Local
panel
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1826 Reserved
27
Request ctl
28
29
30
31
SW B28
SW B29
SW B30
SW B31
FbEq
1
Control Word is requested from fieldbus.
0
Control Word is not requested from fieldbus.
Programmable control bits (unless fixed by the used profile). See parameters
50.0850.11 and the user manual of the fieldbus adapter.
02.26
1=1
02.27
1=1
02.30
D2D main cw
Bit
0
1
26
7
8
9 14
15
Information
Stop.
Start.
Reserved.
Run enable. By default, not connected in a follower drive.
Reset. By default, not connected in a follower drive.
Freely assignable through bit pointer settings.
EXT1/EXT2 selection. 0 = EXT1 active, 1 = EXT2 active. By default, not connected in a
follower drive.
114 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.31
D2D follower cw
Bit
0
1
26
7
8
9 14
15
Information
Stop.
Start.
Reserved.
Run enable.
Reset.
Freely assignable through bit pointer settings.
EXT1/EXT2 selection. 0 = EXT1 active, 1 = EXT2 active.
02.32
D2D ref1
02.33
D2D ref2
1=1
1=1
02.34
Panel ref
100 = 1 rpm
10 = 1%
02.35
FEN DI status
Parameters 115
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.36
EFB main cw
Bit
0*
Value Information
1
Stop according to the stop mode selected by par. 11.03
Stop mode or according to the requested stop mode
(bits 26). Note: Simultaneous stop and start
commands result in a stop command.
0
No action.
1
Start. Note: Simultaneous stop and start commands
result in a stop command.
0
No action.
1
Emergency OFF2 (bit 0 must be 1). Drive is stopped by
cutting off motor power supply (the motor coasts to
stop). The drive will restart only with the next rising
edge of the start signal when the run enable signal is
on.
0
No action.
1
Emergency stop OFF3 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop within
time defined by 22.12 Em stop time.
0
No action.
1
Emergency stop OFF1 (bit 0 must be 1). Stop along the
currently active deceleration ramp.
0
No action.
1
Stop along the currently active deceleration ramp.
0
No action.
1
Coast to stop.
0
No action.
1
Activate run enable.
0
Activate run disable.
0 -> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
other No action.
Log.
Par.
OR
10.01,
10.04
OR
10.01,
10.04
AND
2*
3*
4*
Name
Stop
Start
StpMode
em off
StpMode
em stop
StpMode
off1
5*
StpMode
ramp
6*
StpMode
coast
Run
enable
Reset
AND 10.13
AND 10.15
11.03
11.03
AND
10.11
OR
10.10
(continued)
* If all stop mode bits (26) are 0, stop mode is selected by parameter 11.03 Stop mode. Coast
stop (bit 6) overrides the emergency stop (bits 2/3/4). Emergency stop overrides normal ramp stop
(bit 5).
116 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Bit
Name
(continued)
9
Jogging 1
Value Information
Log.
Par.
OR
10.07
OR
10.08
OR
12.01
10
Jogging 2
11
Remote
cmd
12
Ramp out
0
13
Ramp hold
14
Ramp in 0
15
Ext1 / Ext2
16
Req
startinh
17
Local ctl
18
FbLocal ref
1927
28
29
30
31
Reserved
CW B28
CW B29
CW B30
CW B31
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Parameters 117
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
02.37
EFB main sw
Bit
0
Name
Ready
Enabled
Relay
running
Ref
running
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Em off
(OFF2)
Em stop
(OFF3)
Ack
startinh
Alarm
At setpoint
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
(continued)
Information
Drive is ready to receive start command.
Drive is not ready.
External run enable signal is received.
No external run enable signal is received.
Drive is modulating.
Drive is not modulating.
Normal operation is enabled. Drive is running and following given
reference.
Normal operation is disabled. Drive is not following given reference
(for example, it is modulating during magnetization).
Emergency OFF2 is active.
Emergency OFF2 is inactive.
Emergency stop OFF3 (ramp stop) is active.
Emergency stop OFF3 is inactive.
Start inhibit is active.
Start inhibit is inactive.
An alarm is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 303.
No alarm is active.
Drive is at setpoint. Actual value equals reference value (i.e. the
difference between the actual speed and speed reference is within
the speed window defined by parameter 19.10 Speed window).
Drive has not reached setpoint.
118 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
Bit
Name
(continued)
9
Limit
Value Information
10
Above limit
11
Ext2 act
12
Local fb
13
Zero
speed
14
Rev act
15
16
Reserved
Fault
17
Local
panel
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1826 Reserved
27
Request ctl
28
29
30
31
SW B28
SW B29
SW B30
SW B31
FbEq
02.38
02.39
03
03 Control values
03.03
SpeedRef unramp
03.05
SpeedRef ramped
100 = 1 rpm
100 = 1 rpm
03.06
SpeedRef used
100 = 1 rpm
03.07
100 = 1 rpm
03.08
10 = 1%
03.09
10 = 1%
03.11
10 = 1%
Parameters 119
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
03.12
10 = 1%
03.13
Torq ref to TC
10 = 1%
03.14
10 = 1%
03.15
10 = 1%
03.16
Brake command
1=1
03.17
Flux actual
1 = 1%
03.18
100 = 1 rpm
03.20
100 = 1 rpm
03.21
100 = 1 rpm
04
04 Appl values
04.01
Process act1
100 = 1 unit
04.02
Process act2
100 = 1 unit
04.03
Process act
100 = 1 unit
04.04
10 = 1 unit
04.05
10 = 1 unit
04.06
Process var1
1000 = 1
04.07
Process var2
1000 = 1
04.08
Process var3
1000 = 1
04.09
Counter ontime1
1=1s
04.10
Counter ontime2
1=1s
04.11
Counter edge1
1=1
04.12
Counter edge2
1=1
04.13
Counter value1
1=1
120 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
04.14
Counter value2
1=1
06
06 Drive status
06.01
Status word1
Bit
0
Name
Ready
Information
1 = Drive is ready to receive start command.
0 = Drive is not ready.
1
Enabled
1 = External run enable signal is received.
0 = No external run enable signal is received.
2
Started
1 = Drive has received start command.
0 = Drive has not received start command.
3
Running
1 = Drive is modulating.
0 = Drive is not modulating.
4
Em off
1 = Emergency OFF2 is active.
(off2)
0 = Emergency OFF2 is inactive.
5
Em stop
1 = Emergency OFF3 (ramp stop) is active.
(off3)
0 = Emergency OFF3 is inactive.
6
Ack startinh 1 = Start inhibit is active.
0 = Start inhibit is inactive.
7
Alarm
1 = Alarm is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 303.
0 = No alarm is active.
8
Ext2 act
1 = External control EXT2 is active.
0 = External control EXT1 is active.
9
Local fb
1 = Fieldbus local control is active.
0 = Fieldbus local control is inactive.
10
Fault
1 = Fault is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 303.
0 = No fault is active.
11
Local panel 1 = Local control is active, ie. drive is controlled from PC tool or control
panel.
0 = Local control is inactive.
12
Fault(-1)
1 = No fault is active.
0 = Fault is active. See chapter Fault tracing on page 303.
1331 Reserved
Parameters 121
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.02
Status word2
Bit
0
Name
Start act
Information
1 = Drive start command is active.
0 = Drive start command is inactive.
1
Stop act
1 = Drive stop command is active.
0 = Drive stop command is inactive.
2
Ready relay 1 = Ready to function: run enable signal on, no fault, emergency stop signal
off, no ID run inhibition. Connected by default to DIO1 by par. 14.03 DIO1
out src.
0 = Not ready to function.
3
Modulating 1 = Modulating: IGBTs are controlled, ie. the drive is RUNNING.
0 = No modulation: IGBTs are not controlled.
4
Ref running 1 = Normal operation is enabled. Running. Drive follows the given
reference.
0 = Normal operation is disabled. Drive is not following the given reference
(eg. in magnetization phase drive is modulating).
5
Jogging
1 = Jogging function 1 or 2 is active.
0 = Jogging function is inactive.
6
Off1
1 = Emergency stop OFF1 is active.
0 = Emergency stop OFF1 is inactive.
7
Start inh
1 = Maskable (by par. 12.01 Start inhibit) start inhibit is active.
mask
0 = No maskable start inhibit is active.
8
Start inh
1 = Non-maskable start inhibit is active.
nomask
0 = No non-maskable start inhibit is active.
9
Chrg rel
1 = Charging relay is closed.
closed
0 = Charging relay is open.
10
Sto act
1 = Safe torque off function is active. See parameter 30.07 Sto diagnostic.
0 = Safe torque off function is inactive.
11
Reserved
12
Ramp in 0 1 = Ramp Function Generator input is forced to zero.
0 = Normal operation.
13
Ramp hold 1 = Ramp Function Generator output is held.
0 = Normal operation.
14
Ramp out 0 1 = Ramp Function Generator output is forced to zero.
0 = Normal operation.
15
Data Log- 1 = Drive data logger is on, and has not been triggered.
ger on
0 = Drive data logger is off, or its post-trigger time has not yet elapsed. See
DriveStudio user manual.
1631 Reserved
122 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.03
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
06.05
Name
Information
Speed act 1 = Actual speed is negative.
neg
Zero speed 1 = Actual speed has reached the zero speed limit (parameters 19.06 Zero
speed limit and 19.07 Zero speed delay).
Above limit 1 = Actual speed has exceeded the supervision limit (parameter 19.08
Above speed lim).
At setpoint 1 = The difference between the actual speed and the unramped speed
reference is within the speed window (parameter 19.10 Speed window).
Reserved
PI tune
1 = Speed controller autotune is active.
active
PI tune
1 = Speed controller autotune has been requested by parameter 23.20 PI
request
tune mode.
PI tune
1 = Speed controller autotune has been completed successfully.
done
Speed not 1 = Speed controller autotune has been requested when the drive was
zero
running, but zero speed has not been reached within preset maximum time.
Spd tune
1 = Speed controller autotune has been aborted by a stop command.
aborted
Spd tune
1 = A speed controller autotune timeout has occurred.
timeout
Autotune was requested while drive was running, but a stop command
did not follow
Stop command has been issued, but drive has not reached zero speed
Drive does not accelerate and decelerate according to the given
reference during autotune.
Limit word1
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Torq lim
Limit word 1.
Information
1 = Drive torque is being limited by the motor control (undervoltage control,
current control, load angle control or pull-out control), or by the torque limit
parameters in group 20 Limits.
Spd ctl tlim 1 = Speed controller output minimum torque limit is active. The limit is
min
defined by parameter 23.10 Min torq sp ctrl.
Spd ctl tlim 1 = Speed controller output maximum torque limit is active. The limit is
max
defined by parameter 23.09 Max torq sp ctrl.
Torq ref
1 = Torque reference (03.11 Torq ref ramped) maximum limit is active. The
max
limit is defined by parameter 24.03 Maximum torq ref.
Torq ref min 1 = Torque reference (03.11 Torq ref ramped) minimum limit is active. The
limit is defined by parameter 24.04 Minimum torq ref.
Tlim max
1 = Torque reference maximum value is limited by the rush control, because
speed
of maximum speed limit 20.01 Maximum speed.
Tlim min
1 = Torque reference minimum value is limited by the rush control, because
speed
of minimum speed limit 20.02 Minimum speed.
Parameters 123
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.07
Bit
0
Information
1 = Intermediate circuit DC undervoltage. *
1
2
3
4
5
Name
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Minimum
torque
Maximum
torque
Internal current
Load angle
Op mode ack
1=1
06.13
Superv status
06.14
06.15
Counter status
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
Information
1 = On-time counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 = On-time counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Rising edge counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Rising edge counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Value counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 = Value counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
Name
Ontime1
Ontime2
Edge1
Edge2
Value1
Value2
124 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
06.17
Bit inverter sw
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
Name
Inverted bit0
Inverted bit1
Inverted bit2
Inverted bit3
Inverted bit4
Inverted bit5
Information
See parameter
See parameter
See parameter
See parameter
See parameter
See parameter
src.
src.
src.
src.
src.
src.
08.01
Active fault
08.02
Last fault
1=1
08.03
Fault time hi
1=1d
08.04
Fault time lo
1=1
08.05
Alarm logger1
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
Brake start torq
Brake not closed
Brake not open
Safe torq off
Sto mode
Motor temp1
Em off
Run enable
Motor ID-run
Em stop
Position scaling
Br overtemp
BC igbt overtemp
Device overtemp
Int board ovtemp
BC mod overtemp
1=1
Parameters 125
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.06
Alarm logger2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
08.07
Alarm logger3
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
08.08
Name
Inu overtemp
FBA comm
Panel loss
AI supervision
FBA par conf
No motor data
Encoder1
Encoder2
Latch pos1
Latch pos2
Enc emul
FEN temp meas
Emul max freq
Emul pos ref
Resolver atune
Enc1 cable
Alarm logger 3. For possible causes and remedies, see
chapter Fault tracing on page 303. Can be reset by entering a
0.
Name
Enc2 cable
D2D comm
D2D buffer ol
PS comm
Restore
Curr meas calib
Autophasing
Earthfault
Autoreset
Motor nom value
D2D config
Stall
Load curve
Load curve conf
U/f curve conf
Speed meas
Alarm logger4
126 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
08.15
FbEq
Name
Option comm loss
Solution prog
Motor temp2
IGBT overload
IGBT temp
Cooling
Menu change
Temp meas fail
Mnt counter (common for maintenance counter alarms 20662071)
DC not charged
Speed tune fail
Start interlock
EFB comm
Enc1 pulse freq
Enc2 pulse freq
AO calibration
Alarm word1
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Description
Name
Brake start torq
Brake not closed
Brake not open
Safe torq off
Sto mode
Motor temp1
Em off
Run enable
Motor ID-run
Em stop
Position scaling
Br overtemp
BC igbt overtemp
Device overtemp
Int board ovtemp
BC mod overtemp
Parameters 127
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
08.16
Alarm word2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
08.17
Alarm word3
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
08.18
Name
Inu overtemp
FBA comm
Panel loss
AI supervision
FBA par conf
No motor data
Encoder1
Encoder2
Latch pos1
Latch pos2
Enc emul
FEN temp meas
Emul max freq
Emul pos ref
Resolver atune
Enc1 cable
Alarm word 3. For possible causes and remedies, see
chapter Fault tracing on page 303. This alarm word is
refreshed, ie, when the alarm goes off, the corresponding bit
is cleared.
Name
Enc2 cable
D2D comm
D2D buffer ol
PS comm
Restore
Curr meas calib
Autophasing
Earthfault
Autoreset
Motor nom value
D2D config
Stall
Load curve
Load curve conf
U/f curve conf
Speed meas
Alarm word4
128 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Description
FbEq
Name
Option comm loss
Solution prog
Motor temp2
IGBT overload
IGBT temp
Cooling
Menu change
Temp meas fail
Mnt counter (common for maintenance counter alarms 20662071)
DC not charged
Speed tune fail
Start interlock
EFB comm
Enc1 pulse freq
Enc2 pulse freq
AO calibration
09
09 System info
09.01
Drive type
09.02
Drive rating id
1=1
09.03
Firmware ID
09.04
Firmware ver
09.05
Firmware patch
1=1
09.10
09.11
1=1
09.12
09.13
1=1
09.14
Parameters 129
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
09.20
Option slot1
1=1
09.21
Option slot2
1=1
09.22
Option slot3
1=1
10
10 Start/stop/dir
10.01
Not sel
In1
State of source
(via par 10.02)
0 -> 1
1 -> 0
3-wire
Command
Start
Stop
State of source 2
(via par. 10.03)
1
1 -> 0
0
Command
Start
Stop
Stop
FB
The start and stop commands are taken from the fieldbus
Control Word which is defined by parameter 50.15 Fb cw
used.
D2D
The start and stop commands are taken from another drive
through the D2D (Drive-to-drive) Control Word.
In1F In2R
State of source 1
(via par. 10.02)
0
1
0
1
State of source 2
(via par. 10.03)
0
0
1
1
Command
Stop
Start forward
Start reverse
Stop
130 Parameters
No.
10.02
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
In1St In2Dir
The source selected by 10.02 Ext1 start in1 is the start signal
(0 = stop, 1 = start), the source selected by 10.03 Ext1 start
in2 is the direction signal (0 = forward, 1 = reverse).
Panel
The start and stop commands are taken from the control
panel.
DI1
1073742337
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
Timed func
1074005518
Const
Pointer
10.03
DI2
1073807873
DI5
1074004481
DIO5
1074004483
Const
Pointer
10.04
Not sel
In1
State of source
(via par 10.05)
0 -> 1
1 -> 0
Command
Start
Stop
Parameters 131
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
3-wire
State of source 1
(via par. 10.05)
0 -> 1
Any
Any
Start
Stop
Stop
The start and stop commands are taken from the fieldbus
Control Word which is defined by parameter 50.15 Fb cw
used.
D2D
The start and stop commands are taken from another drive
through the D2D (Drive-to-drive) Control Word.
In1F In2R
State of source 2
(via par. 10.06)
0
0
1
1
Command
Stop
Start forward
Start reverse
Stop
In1St In2Dir
The source selected by 10.05 Ext2 start in1 is the start signal
(0 = stop, 1 = start), the source selected by 10.06 Ext2 start
in2 is the direction signal (0 = forward, 1 = reverse).
Panel
The start and stop commands are taken from the control
panel.
DI1
1073742337
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
Timed func
1074005518
Const
Pointer
10.06
Command
FB
State of source 1
(via par. 10.05)
0
1
0
1
10.05
State of source 2
(via par. 10.06)
1
1 -> 0
0
DI2
1073807873
DI5
1074004481
132 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DIO5
1074004483
Const
Pointer
10.07
Jog1 start
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
Const
Pointer
10.08
Jog2 start
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
Const
Pointer
10.09
Jog enable
Parameters 133
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
10.10
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
10.11
Run enable
Selects the source of the external run enable signal. If the run
enable signal is switched off, the drive will not start, or coasts
to stop if running.
1 = Run enable.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
DI1
DI2
1073742337
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
1073938945
DI4
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
134 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
COMM.CW
1074201122
Const
Pointer
10.13
Em stop off3
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
10.15
Em stop off1
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Parameters 135
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const
Pointer
10.17
Start enable
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
10.19
10.20
Start inhibit
Disabled
Enabled
Defines how the start interlock input (DIIL) on the JCU control
unit affects the drive operation.
Off2 stop
136 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Off3 stop
11
11 Start/stop mode
11.01
Start mode
Fast
The drive pre-magnetizes the motor before start. The premagnetizing time is determined automatically, being typically
200 ms to 2 s depending on motor size. This mode should be
selected if a high break-away torque is required.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
Const time
The drive pre-magnetizes the motor before start. The premagnetizing time is defined by parameter 11.02 Dc-magn
time. This mode should be selected if constant premagnetizing time is required (e.g. if the motor start must be
synchronized with the release of a mechanical brake). This
setting also guarantees the highest possible break-away
torque when the pre-magnetizing time is set long enough.
WARNING! The drive will start after the set
magnetizing time has passed even if motor
magnetization is not completed. In applications
where a full break-away torque is essential,
ensure that the constant magnetizing time is long enough to
allow generation of full magnetization and torque.
Automatic
Parameters 137
No.
Name/Value
Description
11.02
Dc-magn time
FbEq
< 1 kW
> 50 to 100 ms
1 to 10 kW
10 to 200 kW
200 to 1000 kW
11.04
11.05
0 10000 ms
Stop mode
Coast
Ramp
Dc hold speed
DC hold speed.
0 100%
DC hold current.
1 = 1 ms
10 = 1 rpm
1 = 1%
138 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
11.06
Dc hold
FbEq
DC hold
Reference
11.04 Dc hold
speed
t
0 = DC hold disabled
1 = DC hold enabled
Notes:
The DC hold function has no effect if the start signal is
switched off.
The DC hold function can only be activated in speed
control mode.
The DC hold function cannot be activated if parameter
99.05 Motor ctrl mode is set to Scalar.
Injecting DC current into the motor causes the motor to
heat up. In applications where long DC hold times are
required, externally ventilated motors should be used. If
the DC hold period is long, the DC hold cannot prevent the
motor shaft from rotating if a constant load is applied to the
motor.
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
11.07
Autophasing mode
Turning
Standstill 1
Faster than the Turning mode, but not as accurate. The motor
will not rotate.
Parameters 139
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Standstill 2
12
12 Operating mode
12.01
Ext1/Ext2 sel
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
12.03
12.05
Speed
Torque
Min
Max
Add
Speed
Torque
Min
140 Parameters
No.
12.07
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Max
Add
Speed
Torque
13
13 Analogue inputs
13.01
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T)
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
Note: The signal is also filtered due to the signal interface
hardware (approximately 0.25 ms time constant). This cannot
be changed by any parameter.
13.02
0.000 30.000 s
AI1 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI1. The input
type is selected with jumper J1 on the JCU Control Unit.
See also parameter 13.31 AI tune.
-22.000 22.000
Maximum AI1 value.
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
13.03
AI1 min
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI1. The input
type is selected with jumper J1 on the JCU Control Unit.
-22.000 22.000
Minimum AI1 value.
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
1000 = 1 unit
Parameters 141
No.
Name/Value
Description
13.04
FbEq
AI (scaled)
13.04
AI (mA/V)
13.03
13.02
13.05
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
13.06
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI2. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
13.07
AI2 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI2. The input
type is selected with jumper J2 on the JCU Control Unit.
See also parameter 13.31 AI tune.
13.05
AI2 min
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI2. The input
type is selected with jumper J2 on the JCU Control Unit.
1000 = 1 unit
142 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
13.09
FbEq
AI (scaled)
13.09
AI (mA/V)
13.08
13.07
13.10
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
13.11
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI3. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
13.12
AI3 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI3. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
13.10
-22.000 22.000
AI3 maximum value.
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
13.13
AI3 min
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI3. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
1000 = 1 unit
Parameters 143
No.
Name/Value
Description
13.14
FbEq
AI (scaled)
13.14
AI (mA/V)
13.13
13.12
13.15
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
13.16
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI4. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
13.17
AI4 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI4. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
13.15
-22.000 22.000
AI4 maximum value.
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
13.18
AI4 min
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI4. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
1000 = 1 unit
144 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
13.19
FbEq
AI (scaled)
13.19
AI (mA/V)
13.18
13.17
13.20
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
13.21
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI5. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
13.22
AI5 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI5. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
13.20
-22.000 22.000
AI5 maximum value.
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
13.23
AI5 min
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI5. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
1000 = 1 unit
Parameters 145
No.
Name/Value
Description
13.24
FbEq
AI (scaled)
13.24
AI (mA/V)
13.23
13.22
13.25
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
13.26
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI6. See
parameter 13.01 AI1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
13.27
AI6 max
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI6. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
13.25
-22.000 22.000
AI6 maximum value.
mA or
-11.000 11.000 V
13.28
AI6 min
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 unit
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI6. The input
type depends on the type and/or settings of the I/O extension
module installed. See the user documentation of the
extension module.
1000 = 1 unit
146 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
13.29
FbEq
AI (scaled)
13.29
AI (mA/V)
13.28
13.27
13.30
13.30
13.31
13.32
-32768.000
32768.000
-32768.000
32768.000
AI tune
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
No action
AI superv func
Selects how the drive reacts when analog input signal limit is
reached. The limit is selected by parameter 13.33 AI superv
cw.
No
No action taken.
Fault
Parameters 147
No.
13.33
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Last speed
AI superv cw
Bit
Supervision
AI1 signal value falls below the value defined by equation: par. 13.03
AI1 min - 0.5 mA or V
AI1 signal value exceeds the value defined by equation: par. 13.02
AI1 max + 0.5 mA or V
AI2 signal value falls below the value defined by equation: par. 13.08
AI2 min - 0.5 mA or V
AI2 signal value exceeds the value defined by equation: par. 13.07
AI2 max + 0.5 mA or V
14 Digital I/O
14.01
DI invert mask
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14.02
14.03
Name
1 = Invert DI1
1 = Invert DI2
1 = Invert DI3
1 = Invert DI4
1 = Invert DI5
1 = Invert DI6
Reserved
1 = Invert DI8 (on optional FIO-21 I/O Extension)
DIO1 conf
Output
Input
Freq input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
148 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.04
DIO1 Ton
Drive status
0
1
DIO1 status
Time
t On
tOff
tOn
tOff
tOn
tOff
0.0 3000.0 s
14.05
DIO1 Toff
0.0 3000.0 s
14.06
DIO2 conf
Output
Input
Freq output
Brake cmd
14.07
10 = 1 s
10 = 1 s
1073742608
Parameters 149
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.08
DIO2 Ton
Drive status
0
1
DIO2 status
Time
tOn
14.09
tOff
tOn
tOff
tOn
tOff
0.0 3000.0 s
DIO2 Toff
0.0 3000.0 s
10 = 1 s
10 = 1 s
150 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.10
DIO3 conf
Output
Input
14.11
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.14
14.15
FbEq
DIO4 conf
Output
Input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
Parameters 151
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.18
14.19
DIO5 conf
Output
Input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.22
DIO6 conf
Output
152 Parameters
No.
14.23
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.26
14.27
DIO7 conf
Output
Input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Parameters 153
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.30
14.31
DIO8 conf
Output
Input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.34
14.35
DIO9 conf
Output
Input
154 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.38
14.39
DIO10 conf
Output
Input
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Parameters 155
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.42
RO1 src
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
156 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.43
RO1 Ton
FbEq
Drive status
0
1
RO1 status
Time
t On
tOff
tOn
tOff
tOn
tOff
0.0 3000.0 s
14.44
RO1 Toff
Defines the off (deactivation) delay for relay output RO1. See
parameter 14.43 RO1 Ton.
0.0 3000.0 s
14.45
RO2 src
10 = 1 s
10 = 1 s
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
Parameters 157
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.48
RO3 src
Brake cmd
1073742608
Ready
1073743361
Enabled
1073808897
Started
1073874433
Running
1073939969
Alarm
1074202113
Ext2 active
1074267649
Fault
1074398721
Fault(-1)
1074529793
Ready relay
1073874434
RunningRelay
1073939970
Ref running
1074005506
Charge ready
1074333186
Neg speed
1073743363
Zero speed
1073808899
Above limit
1073874435
At setpoint
1073939971
Supervision1
1073743373
Supervision2
1073808909
Supervision3
1073874445
Const
Pointer
14.51
RO4 src
Const
Pointer
14.54
FbEq
RO5 src
Const
Pointer
158 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.57
Freq in max
FbEq
02.20 Freq in
14.59
14.60
14.58
14.57
f DIO1 (Hz)
3 32768 Hz
14.58
Freq in min
3 32768 Hz
14.59
-32768 32768
14.60
-32768 32768
14.61
Pointer
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1=1
1=1
Parameters 159
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.62
When 14.06 DIO2 conf is set to Freq output, defines the real
value of the signal (selected by parameter 14.61 Freq out src)
that corresponds to the maximum DIO2 frequency output
value (defined by parameter 14.64 Freq out max sca).
FbEq
fDIO2 (Hz)
14.64
14.65
14.63
14.62
fDIO2 (Hz)
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 14.61
14.64
14.65
14.62
14.63
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 14.61
0 32768
When 14.06 DIO2 conf is set to Freq output, defines the real
value of the signal (selected by parameter 14.61 Freq out src)
that corresponds to the minimum DIO2 frequency output
value (defined by parameter 14.65 Freq out min sca).
0 32768
14.64
3 32768 Hz
14.65
3 32768 Hz
14.66
RO6 src
Const
14.63
Pointer
14.69
RO7 src
Const
Pointer
1=1
1=1
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
-
160 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
14.72
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FbEq
Name
1 = Invert DIO1
1 = Invert DIO2
1 = Invert DIO3 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO4 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO5 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO6 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO7 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO8 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO9 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
1 = Invert DIO10 (on optional FIO-01 I/O Extension)
15
15 Analogue outputs
15.01
AO1 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
Parameters 161
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.02
FbEq
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T )
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
0.000 30.000 s
15.03
15.04
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 mA
1000 = 1 mA
162 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.05
FbEq
IAO1 (mA)
15.03
15.04
15.06
15.05
IAO1 (mA)
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.01
15.03
15.04
15.05
15.06
15.07
15.06
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.01
-32768.000
32768.000
1000 = 1
-32768.000
32768.000
AO2 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
1000 = 1
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
Parameters 163
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
15.08
Defines the filtering time constant for analog output AO2. See
parameter 15.02 AO1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
15.09
15.10
15.11
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 mA
1000 = 1 mA
15.09
15.10
15.12
15.11
IAO2 (mA)
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.07
15.09
15.10
15.11
-32768.000
32768.000
15.12
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.07
1000 = 1
164 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.12
-32768.000
32768.000
AO3 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
1073742606
15.13
FbEq
1000 = 1
TorqRef used
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
15.14
Defines the filtering time constant for analog output AO3. See
parameter 15.02 AO1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
15.15
15.16
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 mA
1000 = 1 mA
Parameters 165
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.17
FbEq
IAO3 (mA)
15.15
15.16
15.18
15.17
IAO3 (mA)
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 15.13
15.15
15.16
15.17
15.18
15.19
15.18
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 15.13
-32768.000
32768.000
1000 = 1
-32768.000
32768.000
AO4 src
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
1073742102
1000 = 1
Power inu
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
166 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
SpRef used
FbEq
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
15.20
Defines the filtering time constant for analog output AO4. See
parameter 15.02 AO1 filt time.
0.000 30.000 s
15.21
15.22
15.23
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 mA
1000 = 1 mA
15.21
15.22
15.24
15.23
IAO4 (mA)
Signal (real)
selected by par.
15.19
15.21
15.22
15.23
-32768.000
32768.000
15.24
Signal (real)
selected by
par. 15.19
1000 = 1
Parameters 167
No.
Name/Value
Description
15.24
-32768.000
32768.000
AO ctrl word
15.25
15.30
Bit
0
Name
AO1 func
AO2 func
1000 = 1
Information
1 = AO1 is signed
0 = AO1 is absolute value of source
1 = AO2 is signed
0 = AO2 is absolute value of source
AO calibration
No action
AO1 calib.
AO2 calib.
AO1 reset
AO2 reset
16
16 System
16.01
Local lock
Const
Pointer
16.02
FbEq
Parameter lock
Locked
Open
Not saved
168 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
16.03
Pass code
Selects the pass code for the parameter lock (see parameter
16.02 Parameter lock).
After entering 358 at this parameter, parameter 16.02
Parameter lock can be adjusted. The value reverts back to 0
automatically.
0 2147483647
16.04
Param restore
Done
Restoring is completed.
Restore defs
Clear all
Param save
16.07
16.09
16.10
FbEq
1=1
Done
Save completed.
Save
Save in progress.
No request
Load set 1
Load set 2
Load set 3
Load set 4
Save set 1
Save set 2
Save set 3
Save set 4
IO mode
10
N/A
Parameters 169
No.
16.11
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Loading
Saving
Faulted
Set1 IO act
Set2 IO act
16
Set3 IO act
32
Set4 IO act
64
128
256
512
1024
User IO sel lo
User parameter
set selected
FALSE
FALSE
Set 1
TRUE
FALSE
Set 2
FALSE
TRUE
Set 3
TRUE
TRUE
Set 4
Status of source
defined by par.
16.11
Const
Pointer
16.12
User IO sel hi
Const
Pointer
16.14
16.15
Reset ChgParLog
Done
Reset
No request
170 Parameters
No.
16.16
16.17
16.18
16.20
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Load short
Load long
None
Short menu
Long menu
Power unit
kW
Kilowatt.
hp
Horsepower.
Normal
Force OFF
Force ON
Advanced
Drive boot
No action
Reboot drive
19
19 Speed calculation
19.01
Speed scaling
0 30000 rpm
19.02
Speed fb sel
1 = 1 rpm
Estimated
Enc1 speed
Enc2 speed
Parameters 171
No.
Name/Value
Description
19.03
MotorSpeed filt
Defines the time constant of the actual speed filter, i.e. time
within the actual speed has reached 63% of the nominal
speed (filtered speed = 01.01 Motor speed rpm).
If the used speed reference remains constant, the possible
interferences in the speed measurement can be filtered with
the actual speed filter. Reducing the ripple with filter may
cause speed controller tuning problems. A long filter time
constant and fast acceleration time contradict one another. A
very long filter time results in unstable control.
If there are substantial interferences in the speed
measurement, the filter time constant should be proportional
to the total inertia of the load and motor, in this case 1030%
of the mechanical time constant
tmech = (nnom / Tnom) Jtot 2/ 60, where
Jtot = total inertia of the load and motor (the gear ratio
between the load and motor must be taken into account)
nnom = motor nominal speed
Tnom = motor nominal torque
See also parameter 23.07 Speed err Ftime.
0.000 10000.000
ms
0.00 30000.00
rpm
19.06
FbEq
1000 = 1 ms
100 = 1 rpm
172 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
19.07
Defines the delay for the zero speed delay function. The
function is useful in applications where a smooth and quick
restarting is essential. During the delay, the drive knows
accurately the rotor position.
Without Zero Speed Delay:
The drive receives a stop command and decelerates along
a ramp. When the motor actual speed falls below the value of
parameter 19.06 Zero speed limit, the speed controller is
switched off. The inverter modulation is stopped and the
motor coasts to standstill.
FbEq
Speed
Speed controller switched off:
Motor coasts to stop.
19.08
Time
0 30000 ms
Defines the supervision limit for the actual speed. See also
parameter 02.13 FBA main sw, bit 10.
0 30000 rpm
1 = 1 ms
1 = 1 rpm
Parameters 173
No.
Name/Value
Description
19.09
Speed TripMargin
FbEq
Speed
Time
20.02
Speed trip margin
19.10
Speed window
10 = 1 rpm
0 30000 rpm
19.13
Fault
Warning
No
1 = 1 rpm
174 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
19.14
FbEq
Speed
99.09
01.14**
19.14
19.15
Filtered encoder
speed*, **
19.15
030000 rpm
19.16
Speed fb filt t
010000 ms
20
20 Limits
20.01
Maximum speed
-30000 30000
rpm
Maximum speed.
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 ms
1 = 1 rpm
Parameters 175
No.
Name/Value
Description
20.02
Minimum speed
-30000 30000
rpm
Minimum speed.
20.03
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
Const
Pointer
20.05
20.06
Maximum current
0.00 30000.00 A
100 = 1 A
176 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const
Pointer
20.07
Maximum torque1
Defines maximum torque limit 1 for the drive (in percent of the
motor nominal torque). See parameter 20.06 Torq lim sel.
0.0 1600.0%
Maximum torque 1.
20.08
Minimum torque1
Defines minimum torque limit 1 for the drive (in percent of the
motor nominal torque). See parameter 20.06 Torq lim sel.
Note: Setting this parameter to 0% is not recommended. Set
it to a lower value for better performance.
-1600.0 0.0%
Minimum torque 1.
20.09
Maximum torque2
Defines the source of maximum torque limit 2 for the drive (in
percent of the motor nominal torque). See parameter 20.06
Torq lim sel.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
PID out
1073742853
Max torque1
1073746951
Pointer
Minimum torque2
Defines the source of minimum torque limit 2 for the drive (in
percent of the motor nominal torque). See parameter 20.06
Torq lim sel.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
PID out
1073742853
1073746949
20.10
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
Min torque1
1073746952
Pointer
20.12
P motoring lim
0.0 1600.0%
20.13
P generating lim
0.0 1600.0%
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
Parameters 177
No.
Name/Value
21
Description
FbEq
21 Speed ref
21.01
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Freq in
1073742356
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
Panel
1073742370
21.02
21.03
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Mot pot
1073742610
PID out
1073742853
Pointer
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
Freq in
1073742356
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
Panel
1073742370
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Mot pot
1073742610
PID out
1073742853
Pointer
Ref1
Add
Sub
178 Parameters
No.
21.04
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Mul
Min
Max
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
21.05
Speed share
-8.000 8.000
21.07
-30000 30000
rpm
-30000 30000
rpm
21.08
1000 = 1
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
Parameters 179
No.
Name/Value
Description
21.09
FbEq
21.09
SpeedRef min abs
Speed reference
-(21.09
SpeedRef min abs)
20.02
Minimum speed
21.10
21.11
0 30000 rpm
Reset
Store
Mot pot up
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
21.12
1 = 1 rpm
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
22
22.01
Acc/Dec sel
DI1
1073742337
180 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
22.02
22.03
22.04
22.05
Acc time1
0.000 1800.000
s
Acceleration time 1.
Dec time1
0.000 1800.000
s
Deceleration time 1.
Acc time2
0.000 1800.000
s
Acceleration time 2.
Dec time2
0.000 1800.000
s
Deceleration time 2.
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
Parameters 181
No.
Name/Value
Description
22.06
FbEq
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.07 = 0 s
Speed
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.06 = 0 s
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.07 > 0 s
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.06 > 0 s
Time
Deceleration:
Speed
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.08 > 0 s
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.08 = 0 s
S-curve ramp:
Par. 22.09 > 0 s
Linear ramp:
Par. 22.09 = 0 s
Time
22.07
22.08
0.000 1800.000
s
0.000 1800.000
s
0.000 1800.000
s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
182 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
22.09
0.000 1800.000
s
Defines the acceleration time for the jogging function i.e. the
time required for the speed to change from zero to the speed
value defined by parameter 19.01 Speed scaling.
0.000 1800.000
s
Defines the deceleration time for the jogging function i.e. the
time required for the speed to change from the speed value
defined by parameter 19.01 Speed scaling to zero.
0.000 1800.000
s
Em stop time
0.000 1800.000
s
22.10
22.11
22.12
23
FbEq
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
23 Speed ctrl
23.01
Proport gain
%
Gain = Kp = 1
TI = Integration time = 0
TD= Derivation time = 0
Error value
Controller output
Controller
output = Kp e
e = Error value
Time
If gain is set to 1, a 10% change in error value (reference actual value) causes the speed controller output to change by
10%.
Note: This parameter is automatically set by the speed
controller autotune function. See parameter 23.20 PI tune
mode.
0.00 200.00
100 = 1
Parameters 183
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.02
Integration time
FbEq
%
Controller output
Gain = Kp = 1
TI = Integration time > 0
TD= Derivation time = 0
Kp e
Kp e
e = Error value
Time
TI
Note: This parameter is automatically set by the speed
controller autotune function. See parameter 23.20 PI tune
mode.
0.00 600.00 s
100 = 1 s
184 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.03
Derivation time
FbEq
%
Controller output
Kp TD
e
Ts
Kp e
Error value
Kp e
e = Error value
TI
Time
Gain = Kp = 1
TI = Integration time > 0
TD= Derivation time > 0
Ts= Sample time period = 250 s
e = Error value change between two samples
Note: Changing this parameter value is recommended only if
a pulse encoder is used.
23.04
0.000 10.000 s
0.0 1000.0 ms
1000 = 1 s
10 = 1 ms
Parameters 185
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.05
FbEq
Speed reference
Actual speed
Time
Acceleration compensation:
%
Speed reference
Actual speed
Time
0.00 600.00 s
23.06
0.0 1000.0 ms
23.07
Defines the time constant of the speed error low pass filter.
If the used speed reference changes rapidly, the possible
interferences in the speed measurement can be filtered with
the speed error filter. Reducing the ripple with filter may cause
speed controller tuning problems. A long filter time constant
and fast acceleration time contradict one another. A very long
filter time results in unstable control.
100 = 1 s
10 = 1 ms
186 Parameters
No.
23.08
23.09
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
0.0 1000.0 ms
10 = 1 ms
Speed additive
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
PID out
1073742853
Pointer
23.11
SpeedErr winFunc
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
Disabled
Absolute
Parameters 187
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Relative
23.12
SpeedErr win hi
0 3000 rpm
23.13
SpeedErr win lo
0 3000 rpm
23.14
Drooping rate
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
No drooping
100%
Drooping
Speed controller
output / %
Drive load
100%
0.00 100.00%
Droop rate.
100 = 1%
188 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.15
PI adapt max sp
FbEq
Coefficient for Kp or TI
1.000
23.16 PI adapt
min sp
23.15 PI adapt
max sp
Actual speed
(rpm)
Kp = Proportional gain
TI = Integration time
0 30000 rpm
23.16
PI adapt min sp
0 30000 rpm
23.17
Pcoef at min sp
0.000 10.000
23.18
Icoef at min sp
0.000 10.000
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1000 = 1
1000 = 1
Parameters 189
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.20
PI tune mode
Done
Smooth
Middle
Tight
User
Tune bandwidth
00.00 2000.00
Hz
23.21
FbEq
100 = 1 Hz
190 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
23.22
Tune damping
0.0 200.0
24
24 Torque ref
24.01
24.02
24.03
24.04
FbEq
10 = 1
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
Panel
1073742370
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
PID out
1073742853
Pointer
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
Panel
1073742370
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
PID out
1073742853
Pointer
0.0 1000.0%
-1000.0 0.0%
10 = 1%
10 = 1%
Parameters 191
No.
Name/Value
Description
24.05
Load share
-8.000 8.000
24.06
Torq ramp up
Defines the torque reference ramp-up time, i.e. the time for
the reference to increase from zero to the nominal motor
torque.
0.000 60.000 s
24.07
Defines the torque reference ramp-down time, i.e. the time for
the reference to decrease from the nominal motor torque to
zero.
0.000 60.000 s
25
FbEq
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
1000 = 1 s
25 Critical speed
25.01
Motor speed
(rpm)
1560
1380
690
540
25.02
Drive speed
(rpm)
Disable
Enable
Crit speed1 lo
-30000 30000
rpm
1 = 1 rpm
192 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
25.03
Crit speed1 hi
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed2 lo
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed2 hi
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed3 lo
-30000 30000
rpm
Crit speed3 hi
-30000 30000
rpm
25.04
25.05
25.06
25.07
26
26 Constant speeds
26.01
Bit
0
Name
Const speed
mode
Dir ena
FbEq
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
Information
1 = Packed: 7 constant speeds are selectable using the three sources
defined by parameters 26.02, 26.03 and 26.04.
0 = Separate: Constant speeds 1, 2 and 3 are separately activated by
the sources defined by parameters 26.02, 26.03 and 26.04 respectively.
In case of conflict, the constant speed with the smaller number takes
priority.
1 = Start dir: To determine running direction for a constant speed, the
sign of the constant speed setting (parameters 26.0626.12) is
multiplied by the direction signal (forward: +1, reverse: -1). For example,
if the direction signal is reverse and the active constant speed is
negative, the drive will run in the forward direction.
0 = Accord Par: The running direction for the constant speed is
determined by the sign of the constant speed setting (parameters
26.0626.12).
Parameters 193
No.
Name/Value
Description
26.02
None
Constant speed
Constant speed
Constant speed
Constant speed
Constant speed
Constant speed
Constant speed
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DI1
1073742337
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
26.04
DI2
Pointer
26.03
FbEq
DI1
1073742337
194 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
26.06
26.07
26.08
26.09
26.10
26.11
26.12
Const speed1
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 1.
Const speed2
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 2.
Const speed3
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 3.
Const speed4
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 4.
Const speed5
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 5.
Const speed6
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 6.
Const speed7
-30000 30000
rpm
Constant speed 7.
27
27 Process PID
27.01
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
1 = 1 rpm
Zero
Zero reference.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
Panel
1073742370
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Pointer
Parameters 195
No.
Name/Value
Description
27.02
Act1
Add
Sub
Mul
div
Max
Min
Sqrt sub
Sqrt add
Zero
Zero feedback.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Process var1
1073742854
Pointer
Zero
Zero feedback.
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
EFB ref1
1073742374
EFB ref2
1073742375
Process var1
1073742854
Pointer
-32768.00
32768.00
27.03
27.04
27.05
FbEq
100 = 1
196 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
27.06
-32768.00
32768.00
-32768.00
32768.00
-32768.00
32768.00
Multiplier for scaling the final feedback value for process PID
controller.
27.07
27.08
27.09
27.10
FbEq
100 = 1
100 = 1
100 = 1
-32.768 32.767
Defines the time constant for the filter through which the
process feedback is connected to the PID controller.
0.000 30.000 s
1000 = 1
1000 = 1 s
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T)
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
27.12
PID gain
0.00 100.00
100 = 1
Parameters 197
No.
Name/Value
Description
27.13
FbEq
Error/Controller output
O
GI
GI
Time
Ti
I = controller input (error)
O = controller output
G = gain
Ti = integration time
Integration time.
27.14
0.00 10.00 s
Derivation time.
27.15
100 = 1 s
100 = 1 s
Unfiltered signal
100
63
Filtered signal
O = I (1 - e-t/T )
I = filter input (step)
O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant
27.16
0.00 10.00 s
100 = 1 s
198 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Const
Pointer
27.17
27.18
27.19
27.20
PID mode
Direct
Prop speed
Prop torque
PID maximum
Defines the maximum limit for the PID controller output. Using
the minimum and maximum limits, it is possible to restrict the
operation range.
-32768.0
32768.0
PID minimum
Defines the minimum limit for the PID controller output. See
parameter 27.18 PID maximum.
-32768.0
32768.0
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
27.21
27.22
27.23
27.24
-32768.0
32768.0
10 = 1
10 = 1
10 = 1
Sleep mode
No
Internal
External
Sleep level
Defines the start limit for the sleep function. If the motor
speed is below this value longer than the sleep delay (27.24
Sleep delay), the drive shifts to the sleep mode.
-32768.0
32768.0 rpm
Sleep delay
Defines the delay for the sleep start function. See parameter
27.23 Sleep level. When the motor speed falls below the
sleep level, the counter starts. When the motor speed
exceeds the sleep level, the counter resets.
0.0 360.0 s
10 = 1 rpm
10 = 1 s
Parameters 199
No.
Name/Value
Description
27.25
Wake up level
Defines the wake-up limit for the sleep function. The drive
wakes up if the process actual value is above the wake-up
level longer than the wake-up delay (27.26 Wake up delay).
0.0 32768.0
Wake-up level.
27.26
Wake up delay
0.0 360.0 s
Wake-up delay.
27.27
Sleep ena
10 = 1
10 = 1 s
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
27.30
FbEq
PID enable
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
1074070017
DI6
Running
1073939969
Const
Pointer
30
30 Fault functions
30.01
External fault
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
200 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
30.02
30.03
30.04
30.05
30.06
Defines the safe speed reference that is used with the Spd ref
Safe setting of supervision parameters 13.32 AI superv func,
30.03 Local ctrl loss or 50.02 Comm loss func upon an alarm.
This speed is used when the parameter is set to Spd ref Safe.
-30000 30000
rpm
No
No action taken.
Fault
The drive generates alarm LOCAL CTRL LOSS and sets the
speed to the speed defined by parameter 30.02 Speed ref
safe.
WARNING! Make sure that it is safe to continue
operation in case of a communication break.
Last speed
No
No action taken.
Fault
Earth fault
1 = 1 rpm
No
No action taken.
Warning
1
2
Fault
No
No action taken.
Fault
Parameters 201
No.
Name/Value
Description
30.07
Sto diagnostic
Fault
Alarm
Drive running:
The drive trips on SAFE TORQUE OFF when one or both of
the STO signals is lost.
Drive stopped:
The drive generates a SAFE TORQUE OFF alarm if both
STO signals are absent. If only one of the signals is lost, the
drive trips on STO1 LOST or STO2 LOST.
No
Drive running:
The drive trips on SAFE TORQUE OFF when one or both of
the STO signals is lost.
Drive stopped:
No action if both STO signals are absent. If only one of the
signals is lost, the drive trips on STO1 LOST or STO2 LOST.
Only Alarm
Wiring or earth
No
No action taken.
Fault
30.08
FbEq
202 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
30.09
Stall function
Bit
0
FbEq
Function
Ena sup (Enable supervision)
0 = Disabled: Supervision disabled.
1 = Enabled: Supervision enabled.
Ena warn (Enable warning)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive generates an alarm upon a stall condition.
Ena fault (Enable fault)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive trips on a fault upon a stall condition.
30.10
0.0 1600.0%
30.11
Stall freq hi
0.5 1000.0 Hz
30.12
Stall time
0 3600 s
Stall time.
31
10 = 1%
10 = 1 Hz
1=1s
31.01
No
Alarm
Fault
Parameters 203
No.
Name/Value
Description
31.02
FbEq
Estimated
KTY JCU
PTC JCU
Pt100 JCU x1
204 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Pt100 JCU x2
Pt100 JCU x3
Pt100 Ext x1
10
Pt100 Ext x2
11
Pt100 Ext x3
12
31.03
0 10000 C
31.04
Defines the fault limit for the motor thermal protection 1 (when
parameter 31.01 Mot temp1 prot is set to Fault).
0 10000 C
31.05
No
Alarm
Fault
1 = 1 C
1 = 1 C
Parameters 205
No.
Name/Value
Description
31.06
FbEq
Estimated
KTY JCU
PTC JCU
Pt100 JCU x1
206 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Pt100 JCU x2
Pt100 JCU x3
Pt100 Ext x1
10
Pt100 Ext x2
11
Pt100 Ext x3
12
31.07
0 10000 C
31.08
Defines the fault limit for the motor thermal protection 2 (when
parameter 31.05 Mot temp2 prot is set to Fault).
0 10000 C
31.09
-60 100 C
Ambient temperature.
1 = 1 C
1 = 1 C
1 = 1 C
Parameters 207
No.
Name/Value
Description
31.10
I/IN
(%)
FbEq
I = Motor current
IN = Nominal motor current
150
31.10
100
50
31.11
31.12
Drive output
frequency
50 150%
31.11
50 150%
31.12
Break point
0.01 500.00 Hz
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
100 = 1 Hz
208 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
31.13
FbEq
Temperature
Motor nominal
temperature rise
Ambient temperature
Time
31.14
0 300 C
Temperature rise.
1 = 1 C
Motor load
100%
Time
Temperature rise
100%
63%
Time
1=1s
Parameters 209
No.
Name/Value
32
Description
32 Automatic reset
32.01
Autoreset sel
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
32.02
32.03
32.04
FbEq
Fault
Overcurrent
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
AI min
Reserved
External fault
Number of trials
05
Trial time
Defines the time for the automatic fault reset function. See
parameter 32.02 Number of trials.
1.0 600.0 s
Delay time
Defines the time that the drive will wait after a fault before
attempting an automatic reset. See parameter 32.01
Autoreset sel.
0.0 120.0 s
Resetting delay.
33
1=1
10 = 1 s
10 = 1 s
33 Supervision
33.01
Superv1 func
Disabled
Low
High
Abs Low
Abs High
Superv1 act
33.02
210 Parameters
No.
33.03
33.04
33.05
33.06
Name/Value
Description
Speed rpm
FbEq
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
Superv1 hi
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv1 lo
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv2 func
Disabled
Low
High
Abs Low
Abs High
Superv2 act
Speed rpm
100 = 1
100 = 1
1073742081
Parameters 211
No.
33.07
33.08
33.09
33.10
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
1073742606
TorqRef used
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
Superv2 hi
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv2 lo
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv3 func
Disabled
Low
High
Abs Low
Abs High
Superv3 act
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
100 = 1
100 = 1
212 Parameters
No.
33.11
33.12
33.17
Name/Value
Description
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
Superv3 hi
-32768.00
32768.00
Superv3 lo
-32768.00
32768.00
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
RO1
1073742338
RO2
1073807874
RO3
1073873410
RO4
1073938946
RO5
1074004482
Running
1073939969
Const
Pointer
33.18
FbEq
100 = 1
100 = 1
Parameters 213
No.
Name/Value
Description
33.19
33.20
33.21
33.22
34
34.01
Overload func
Bit
0
FbEq
Function
Ena sup (Enable supervision)
0 = Disabled: Supervision disabled.
1 = Enabled: Supervision enabled.
Input value sel (Input value selection)
0 = Current: Current is supervised.
1 = Torque: Torque is supervised.
Ena warn (Enable warning)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive generates an alarm when the curve is exceeded.
Ena fault (Enable fault)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive trips on a fault when the curve is exceeded.
Ena lim integ (Enable limit integration)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Integration time defined by parameter 34.18 Load integ time is used. After
the supervision is evoked, the current or torque is limited by the upper boundary of the
load curve.
Ena lim always (Enable limit always)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: The current or torque is always limited by the upper boundary of the load
curve.
214 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
34.02
Underload func
Bit
0
34.03
FbEq
Function
Ena sup (Enable supervision)
0 = Disabled: Supervision disabled.
1 = Enabled: Supervision enabled.
Input value sel (Input value selection)
0 = Current: Current is supervised.
1 = Torque: Torque is supervised.
Ena warn (Enable warning)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive generates an alarm when the load remains below the curve for longer
than the time defined by parameter 34.20 Underload time.
Ena fault (Enable fault)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled: Drive trips on a fault when the load remains below the curve for longer than
the time defined by parameter 34.20 Underload time.
Load freq1
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 1.
34.04
Load freq2
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 2.
34.05
Load freq3
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 3.
34.06
Load freq4
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 4.
34.07
Load freq5
1 500 Hz
Frequency at point 5.
34.08
0 1600%
34.09
0 1600%
34.10
0 1600%
34.11
0 1600%
34.12
0 1600%
34.13
0 1600%
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 Hz
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
Parameters 215
No.
Name/Value
Description
34.14
0 1600%
34.15
0 1600%
34.16
0 1600%
34.17
0 1600%
34.18
0 10000 s
Integration time.
34.19
0 10000 s
34.20
Underload time
0 10000 s
Underload time.
35
FbEq
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1=1s
1=1s
1=1s
35 Process variable
35.01
Signal1 param
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
216 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
35.02
Signal1 max
FbEq
35.06
35.07
35.03
35.03
35.04
35.05
35.02
Signal selected by
35.01 Signal1 param
-3276832768
1=1
Signal1 min
-3276832768
1=1
10 = 1
100 = 1
1000 = 1
10000 = 1
100000 = 1
None
Hz
rpm
kh
10
lbft
10
11
mA
11
12
mV
12
1=1
Parameters 217
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
13
kW
13
14
14
15
kWh
15
16
16
17
hp
17
18
MWh
18
19
m/s
19
20
m3/h
20
21
dm3/h
21
22
bar
22
23
kPa
23
24
GPM
24
25
PSI
25
26
CFM
26
27
ft
27
28
MGD
28
29
inHg
29
30
FPM
30
31
kbits
31
32
kHz
32
33
Ohm
33
34
ppm
34
35
pps
35
36
l/s
36
37
l/min
37
38
l/h
38
39
m3/s
39
40
m3/m
40
41
kg/s
41
42
kg/m
42
43
kg/h
43
44
mbar
44
45
Pa
45
46
GPS
46
47
gal/s
47
48
gal/m
48
49
gal/h
49
50
ft3/s
50
51
ft3/m
51
52
ft3/h
52
53
lb/s
53
218 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
54
lb/m
54
55
lb/h
55
56
FPS
56
57
ft/s
57
58
inH2O
58
59
inwg
59
60
ftwg
60
61
lbsi
61
62
ms
62
63
Mrev
63
64
days
64
65
inWC
65
66
mpmin
66
67
week
67
68
tonne
68
69
m/s^2
66
70
rev
70
71
deg
71
72
72
73
inch
73
74
inc
74
75
m/s^3
75
76
kg/m^2
76
77
kg/m^3
77
78
m^3
78
79
[blank]
79
80
u/s
80
81
u/min
81
82
u/h
82
8384
[blank]
8384
85
u/s^2
85
86
min-2
86
87
u/h^2
87
8889
[blank]
8889
90
Vrms
90
91
bits
91
92
Nm
92
93
p.u.
93
94
1/s
94
95
mH
95
96
mOhm
96
Parameters 219
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
97
us
97
98
98
C/W
35.06
-3276832768
35.07
-3276832768
35.08
Signal2 param
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
1073742102
35.09
1=1
1=1
Power inu
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
SpRef ramped
1073742597
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
Signal2 max
35.13
35.14
35.10
-3276832768
35.09
Signal selected by
35.08 Signal2 param
1=1
220 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
35.10
Signal2 min
-3276832768
1=1
10 = 1
100 = 1
1000 = 1
10000 = 1
100000 = 1
35.12
098
35.13
-3276832768
35.14
-3276832768
35.15
Signal3 param
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
1073742102
35.11
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
Power inu
Power motor
1073742103
SpRef unramp
1073742595
1073742597
SpRef ramped
SpRef used
1073742598
TorqRef used
1073742606
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
Parameters 221
No.
Name/Value
Description
35.16
Signal3 max
FbEq
35.20
35.21
35.17
35.16
Signal selected by
35.15 Signal3 param
-3276832768
Signal3 min
-3276832768
1=1
10 = 1
100 = 1
1000 = 1
10000 = 1
100000 = 1
35.19
098
35.20
-3276832768
35.21
-3276832768
35.17
35.18
36
36 Timed functions
Configuration of timers.
See also section Timers on page 77.
36.01
Timers enable
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
222 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
36.02
Timers mode
Bit
0
36.03
36.04
36.05
36.06
Function
Timer1 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Timer2 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Timer3 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Timer4 mode
0 = Daily
1 = Weekly
Start time1
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time1
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day1
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day1
Monday
Tuesday
Parameters 223
No.
36.07
36.08
36.09
36.10
36.11
36.12
36.13
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Start time2
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time2
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day2
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day2
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Start time3
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time3
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day3
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
Friday
Saturday
224 Parameters
No.
36.14
36.15
36.16
36.17
36.18
36.19
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Sunday
Stop day3
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Start time4
00:00:00
24:00:00
Stop time4
00:00:00
24:00:00
Start day4
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Stop day4
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Boost signal
DI1
1073742337
DI2
1073807873
DI3
1073873409
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Parameters 225
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
36.20
36.21
Boost time
00:00:00
24:00:00
Boost time.
Timed func1
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
36.22
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
Timed func2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
1=1s
(24:00:00 =
86400)
226 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
36.23
Timed func3
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
36.24
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
Timed func4
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
FbEq
Function
Timer1 ena (Time period 1 enable)
Timer2 ena (Time period 2 enable)
Timer3 ena (Time period 3 enable)
Timer4 ena (Time period 4 enable)
Boost ena (Boost enable)
38
38 Flux ref
38.01
Flux ref
0 200%
Linear
Quadratic
User
38.04
Defines the frequency at the 1st point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.08 Mot nom freq. In use when
38.03 U/f curve func is set to User.
1 500%
38.05
38.03
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
Parameters 227
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
1 500%
1 = 1%
38.06
1 500%
38.07
1 500%
38.08
1 500%
38.09
Defines the voltage at the 1st point on the custom U/f curve in
percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
38.10
Defines the voltage at the 2nd point on the custom U/f curve
in percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
38.11
Defines the voltage at the 3rd point on the custom U/f curve in
percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
38.12
Defines the voltage at the 4th point on the custom U/f curve in
percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
0 200%
38.13
Defines the voltage at the 5th point on the custom U/f curve in
percent of parameter 99.07 Mot nom voltage.
38.16
0 200%
Pointer
40
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
-
40 Motor control
40.01
Motor noise
Cyclic
Low noise
Default
Custom
228 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
40.02
Sf ref
FbEq
1.0...8.0 kHz
40.03
Slip gain
0 200%
Slip gain.
40.04
Voltage reserve
-4 50%
Voltage reserve.
40.06
False
True
1 = 1 kHz
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
Parameters 229
No.
Name/Value
Description
40.07
IR-compensation
FbEq
U /UN
(%)
Relative output voltage. IR
compensation set to 15%.
100%
15%
f (Hz)
60% of nominal
frequency
See also section IR compensation for a scalar controlled
drive on page 66.
40.08
40.10
40.11
0.00 50.00%
100 = 1%
Ex request
Disabled
Inactive.
Ex motor
Flux braking
Disabled
Moderate
Full
Mmodel t adapt
Disabled
Enabled
230 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
40.14
100%
25...400%
1 = 1%
42
42.01
Brake ctrl
No
With ack
1
2
42.02
No ack
Brake acknowl
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
42.03
Open delay
Parameters 231
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
0.00 5.00 s
100 = 1 s
42.04
Close delay
Defines the brake close delay. The delay counter starts when
the motor actual speed has fallen below the set level
(parameter 42.05 Close speed) after the drive has received
the stop command. Simultaneously with the counter start, the
brake control function de-energizes the relay output
controlling the brake and the brake starts closing. During the
delay, the brake function keeps the motor live preventing the
motor speed from falling below zero.
Set the delay time to the same value as the mechanical
make-up time of the brake (= operating delay when closing)
specified by the brake manufacturer.
0.00 60.00 s
42.05
Close speed
42.06
0.00 10.00 s
42.07
Reopen delay
Defines a reopen delay, i.e. the time between when the close
command is given and when the brake can be reopened.
0.00 10.00 s
42.08
42.09
Selects the source for the brake open torque value (motor
starting torque at brake release).
See also parameter 42.08 Brake open torq.
Zero
AI1 scaled
1073742341
AI2 scaled
1073742343
FBA ref1
1073742362
FBA ref2
1073742363
D2D ref1
1073742368
D2D ref2
1073742369
1073742607
100 = 1 s
10 = 1 rpm
100 = 1 s
100 = 1 s
10 = 1%
P.42.08
1073752584
Pointer
232 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
42.10
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
42.11
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
DIO4
1073938947
DIO5
1074004483
DIO6
1074070019
Const
Pointer
42.12
FbEq
Fault
Parameters 233
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Alarm
Open flt
42.13
Defines a close fault delay, i.e. the time between when the
brake is closed and when a brake close fault is generated.
0.00 600.00 s
42.14
100 = 1 s
t
Start/stop
Drive modulating
Actual speed
1
100 = 1 s
234 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
44
Description
44 Maintenance
44.01
Ontime1 func
Bit
0
44.02
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Ontime1 src
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.03
Ontime1 limit
02147483647 s
44.04
On-time1
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
Parameters 235
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.05
Ontime2 func
Bit
0
44.06
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Ontime2 src
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.07
Ontime2 limit
0 2147483647 s
44.08
1=1s
On-time2
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
236 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.09
Bit
0
44.10
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.11
Sets the alarm limit for rising edge counter 1. See parameter
44.09 Edge count1 func.
0 2147483647
44.12
1 2147483647
44.13
1=1
1=1
Edge count1
Main cntactr
Output relay
Motor starts
Power ups
Dc-charge
Parameters 237
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.14
Bit
0
44.15
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
RO1
1073742338
Running
1073939969
Charged
1074333186
Const
Pointer
44.16
Sets the alarm limit for rising edge counter 2. See parameter
44.14 Edge count2 func.
0 2147483647
44.17
1 2147483647
44.18
Edge count2
Main cntactr
Output relay
Motor starts
Power ups
Dc-charge
1=1
1=1
238 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.19
Bit
0
44.20
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Speed rpm
1073742081
Pointer
44.21
Sets the alarm limit for value counter 1. See parameter 44.19
Val count1 func.
0 2147483647
44.22
1 2147483647
44.23
1=1
1=1
Value1
Mot bearing
Parameters 239
No.
Name/Value
Description
44.24
Bit
0
44.25
FbEq
Function
Counter mode
0 = Loop: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active only for 10 seconds.
1 = Saturate: If alarm is enabled by bit 1, the alarm stays active until reset.
Alarm ena (Alarm enable)
0 = Disable: No alarm is given when limit is reached.
1 = Enable: Alarm is given when limit is reached.
Speed rpm
1073742081
Pointer
44.26
Sets the alarm limit for value counter 2. See parameter 44.24
Val count2 func.
0 2147483647
44.27
1 2147483647
44.28
Value2
Mot bearing
Sets the limit for the cooling fan on-time counter. The counter
monitors signal 01.28 Fan on-time (see page 108). When the
signal reaches the limit, alarm 2056 COOLING FAN is given.
0.00
35791394.11 h
Runtime lim
Sets the limit for the drive run-time counter. The counter
monitors signal 01.27 Run-time counter (see page 108).
When the signal reaches the limit, the alarm specified by
parameter 44.31 Runtime alm sel is given.
0.00
35791394.11 h
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
44.29
44.30
44.31
1=1
1=1
1 = 1 min
1 = 1 min
240 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Mot bearing
44.32
Sets the limit for the energy counter. The counter monitors
signal 01.24 kWh inverter (see page 107). When the signal
reaches the limit, the alarm specified by parameter 44.33
kWh inv alm sel is given.
0 2147483647
44.33
44.34
1 = 1 kWh
Device clean
Cabinet fan
Dc-capacitor
Mot bearing
Counter reset
DI4
1073938945
DI5
1074004481
DI6
1074070017
Const
Pointer
45
45 Energy optimising
45.01
Energy optim
Disable
Enable
Energy tariff1
0.00
21474836.47
E tariff unit
Local
45.02
45.06
45.07
1=1
Eur
Euro.
Usd
US dollar.
Parameters 241
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
0.010.0
1=1
45.08
Reference power
00.0 1000.0%
45.09
Energy reset
1=1
Done
Reset
47
47 Voltage ctrl
47.01
Overvolt ctrl
Disable
Enable
Undervolt ctrl
Disable
Enable
SupplyVoltAutoId
Disable
Enable
Supply voltage
0 1000 V
47.02
47.03
47.04
48
48 Brake chopper
48.01
Bc enable
10 = 1 V
242 Parameters
No.
48.02
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Disable
EnableTherm
Enable
Bc run-time ena
Running
1073939969
Const
Pointer
48.03
BrThermTimeConst
0 10000 s
48.04
0.0 10000.0 kW
48.05
R br
48.06
Br temp faultlim
0 150%
48.07
Br temp alarmlim
0 150%
49
49 Data storage
49.01
Data storage1
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
1=1s
10 = 1 kW
10 = 1 ohm
1 = 1%
1 = 1%
1=1
Parameters 243
No.
Name/Value
Description
49.02
Data storage2
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
49.03
Data storage3
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
49.04
Data storage4
-32768 32767
16-bit data.
49.05
Data storage5
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
Data storage6
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
Data storage7
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
Data storage8
-2147483647
2147483647
32-bit data.
49.06
49.07
49.08
50
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
50 Fieldbus
50.01
Fba enable
Disable
Enable
No
Fault
50.02
244 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Last speed
50.03
0.3 6553.5 s
Time delay.
50.04
Fb ref1 modesel
Raw data
Torque
Speed
Fb ref2 modesel
Raw data
Torque
Speed
Fb act1 tr src
Pointer
Fb act2 tr src
Pointer
Fb sw b12 src
Const
50.05
50.06
50.07
50.08
Pointer
10 = 1 s
Parameters 245
No.
Name/Value
Description
50.09
Fb sw b13 src
Const
Pointer
50.10
Fb sw b14 src
Const
Pointer
50.11
Fb sw b15 src
Const
Pointer
50.12
FbEq
FB comm speed
Cyclic*
10 ms
2 ms
500 us
Acyclic**
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
50.15
Low
Normal
1
2
High
Fb cw used
Pointer
246 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
50.20
Fb main sw func
Bit
0
Name
Run Enable
func
Mech Brake
func
51
FbEq
Information
1 = Parameter only:
Bit 1 of 02.24 FBA main sw is set to 1 whenever the external run enable
signal (par. 10.11 Run enable) is 1.
0 = Param AND Fb cw:
Bit 1 of 02.24 FBA main sw is set to 1 whenever both the external run
enable signal (par. 10.11 Run enable) AND 02.22 FBA main cw bit 7 (Run
enable) are 1.
1 = Force ramp stop:
The drive always uses ramp stop when a mechanical brake is used.
0 = Allow coast stop:
Coast stop is allowed when a mechanical brake is used.
51 FBA settings
51.01
FBA type
51.02
FBA par2
51.26
FBA par26
51.27
Done
Refreshing done.
Refresh
Refreshing.
51.28
0x0000 0xFFFF
51.29
0 65535
51.30
0 65535
51.31
1=1
1=1
1=1
Idle
Exec.init
Adapter is initializing.
Parameters 247
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Time out
Conf.err
Off-line
Adapter is off-line.
On-line
Adapter is on-line.
5
6
Reset
51.32
0x0000 0xFFFF
51.33
0x0000 0xFFFF
52
1=1
1=1
52 FBA data in
52.01
None
14
14
15
15
16
16
1019999
Parameter index
1=1
52.12
248 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
53
Description
FbEq
53.01
None
11
11
12
12
13
13
1019999
Parameter index
1=1
53.12
56
56 Panel display
56.01
Signal1 param
Pointer
Signal2 param
Pointer
Signal3 param
Pointer
Signal1 mode
Disabled
Signal not displayed. Any other signals that are not disabled
are shown together with their respective signal name.
-1
Normal
Bar
Drive name
Shows the drive name. (The drive name can be set using the
DriveStudio PC tool.)
2
3
56.02
56.03
56.04
56.05
Drive type
Signal2 mode
Disabled
Signal not displayed. Any other signals that are not disabled
are shown together with their respective signal name.
-1
Normal
Bar
Drive name
Shows the drive name. (The drive name can be set using the
DriveStudio PC tool.)
Drive type
Parameters 249
No.
Name/Value
Description
56.06
Signal3 mode
Disabled
Signal not displayed. Any other signals that are not disabled
are shown together with their respective signal name.
Normal
Bar
Drive name
Shows the drive name. (The drive name can be set using the
DriveStudio PC tool.)
2
3
56.07
FbEq
Drive type
rpm
Percent
Control panel
reference
100%
0%
-100%
56.08
-1
Speed (rpm)
20.01 Maximum speed
0.0...10000.0 ms
56.09
0.0...10000.0 ms
56.12
Disabled
Enabled
57
57 D2D
communication
57.01
Link mode
10 = 1 ms
10 = 1 ms
250 Parameters
No.
57.02
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Disabled
Follower
Master
No
Alarm
1
2
Fault
57.03
Node address
1 62
Node address.
57.04
Follower mask 1
0h00000000
0h7FFFFFFF
Follower mask 1.
Follower mask 2
0h00000000
0h7FFFFFFF
Follower mask 2.
Ref 1 src
Pointer
Ref 2 src
Pointer
Follower cw src
Pointer
57.05
57.06
57.07
57.08
1=1
1=1
1=1
Parameters 251
No.
Name/Value
Description
57.11
FbEq
Broadcast
The control word and reference 1 are sent by the master to all
followers. If the master has this setting, the parameter has no
effect in the followers.
Ref1 MC Grps
57.12
Ref1 mc group
062
Multicast group.
57.13
1=1
No group selected.
162
1=1
57.14
Nr ref1 mc grps
162
57.15
1=1
on-board
Slot 1
Slot 2
Slot 3
252 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
58
Description
FbEq
58 Embedded Modbus
58.01
Disabled
Disabled.
Modbus RTU
58.03
Node address
0247
Node address.
58.04
Baud rate
4800
4.8 kbit/s.
9600
9.6 kbit/s.
19200
19.2 kbit/s.
38400
38.4 kbit/s.
57600
57.6 kbit/s.
76800
76.8 kbit/s.
115200
115.2 kbit/s.
Parity
Selects the number of the data bits, the use and type of the
parity bit, and the number of the stop bits.
8 none 1
8 none 2
8 even 1
2
3
58.05
58.06
58.07
58.08
1=1
8 odd 1
Control profile
ABB Classic
ABB Enhanced
DCU 16-bit
2
3
DCU 32-bit
060000 ms
None
100 = 1 ms
Parameters 253
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Any message
Ctrl write
None
No action.
Fault
Safe speed
Last speed
Refresh settings
Done
Refresh
Refresh.
58.11
Reference scale
165535
Scaling factor.
58.12
58.09
58.10
1=1
Low
High
254 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.15
Comm diagnostics
FbEq
Bit
0
1
Information
Reserved.
NotThisNodeData (Last received packet was not for this node.)
2
Reserved.
3
One ok packet (At least one packet has been successfully received after the power up.)
4
Reserved.
5
Comm timeout (Communication time-out has occured.)
6
Not used.
7
Not used.
8
Last write was not successful because of a parameter value limit violation.
9
Last read was not successful because only one register was used to read a 32-bit value.
10
Last write was not successful because the parameter was read-only.
11
Last parameter access was not successful because the parameter or group did not exist.
12
Not used.
13
Not used.
14
Not used.
15
Last write was not successful because only one register was used to read a 32-bit value.
1631 Not used.
0x00000xFFFF
58.16
Received packets
065535
58.17
Transm packets
065535
58.18
All packets
065535
58.19
UART errors
0..65535
58.20
CRC errors
065535
58.21
Raw CW LSW
Shows the LSW part of the Control Word which the drive
receives from the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
Parameters 255
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.22
Raw CW MSW
Shows the MSW part of the Control Word which the drive
receives from the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
58.23
Raw SW LSW
Shows the LSW part of the Status Word which the drive
sends to the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
58.24
Raw SW MSW
Shows the MSW part of the Status Word which the drive
sends to the Modbus master. Read-only.
0x00000xFFFF
58.25
0x00000xFFFF
58.26
0x00000xFFFF
58.27
0x00000xFFFF
58.28
0x00000xFFFF
58.30
Transmit delay
Defines the delay time which the slave waits until it sends a
response.
065335 ms
58.31
No
No
Yes
Yes
Word order
58.32
58.35
58.36
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1=1
1 = 1 ms
MSW LSW
LSW MSW
Data I/O 1
09999
1=1
Data I/O 2
09999
1=1
256 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
58.58
Data I/O 24
09999
64
FbEq
1=1
64 Load analyzer
64.01
PVL signal
Speed rpm
1073742081
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
64.02
0.00 120.00 s
64.03
Reset loggers
Const
Pointer
64.04
AL signal
Speed rpm
100 = 1 s
1073742081
Parameters 257
No.
64.05
64.06
64.07
64.08
64.09
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Speed %
1073742082
Frequency
1073742083
Current
1073742084
Current %
1073742085
Torque
1073742086
Dc-voltage
1073742087
Power inu
1073742102
Power motor
1073742103
Process act
1073742851
1073742853
Pointer
AL signal base
0.00 32768.00
-32768.00
32768.00
Peak value.
Date of peak
01.01.80
Time of peak
00:00:00
23:59:59
Current at peak
-32768.00
32768.00 A
64.10
Dc volt at peak
0.00 2000.00 V
DC voltage at peak.
64.11
Speed at peak
-32768.00
32768.00 rpm
64.12
Date of reset
The date the peak value logger and amplitude logger 2 were
last reset.
01.01.80
64.13
Time of reset
The time the peak value logger and amplitude logger 2 were
last reset.
00:00:00
23:59:59
64.14
AL1 0 to 10%
0.00 100.00%
64.15
AL1 10 to 20%
0.00 100.00%
100 = 1
100 = 1
1=1d
1=1s
100 = 1 A
100 = 1 V
100 = 1 rpm
1=1d
1=1s
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
258 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
64.16
AL1 20 to 30%
0.00 100.00%
64.17
AL1 30 to 40%
0.00 100.00%
64.18
AL1 40 to 50%
0.00 100.00%
64.19
AL1 50 to 60%
0.00 100.00%
64.20
AL1 60 to 70%
0.00 100.00%
64.21
AL1 70 to 80%
0.00 100.00%
64.22
AL1 80 to 90%
0.00 100.00%
64.23
0.00 100.00%
64.24
AL2 0 to 10%
0.00 100.00%
64.25
AL2 10 to 20%
0.00 100.00%
64.26
AL2 20 to 30%
0.00 100.00%
64.27
AL2 30 to 40%
0.00 100.00%
64.28
AL2 40 to 50%
0.00 100.00%
64.29
AL2 50 to 60%
0.00 100.00%
64.30
AL2 60 to 70%
0.00 100.00%
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
Parameters 259
No.
Name/Value
Description
64.31
AL2 70 to 80%
0.00 100.00%
64.32
AL2 80 to 90%
0.00 100.00%
64.33
0.00 100.00%
74
74 Appl programming
74.01
SpeedRef ramp in
Pointer
SpeedRef nctrl
Pointer
Pointer
Pointer
Pointer
Pointer
Pointer
D2D cw used
Pointer
74.02
74.03
74.04
74.05
74.06
74.07
74.09
FbEq
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
100 = 1%
260 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
74.10
Pointer
90
90.01
90.02
90.04
Encoder 1 sel
FbEq
None
Inactive.
FEN-01 TTL+
FEN-01 TTL
FEN-11 ABS
FEN-11 TTL
FEN-21 RES
FEN-21 TTL
FEN-31 HTL
Encoder 2 sel
None
Inactive.
FEN-01 TTL+
FEN-01 TTL
FEN-11 ABS
FEN-11 TTL
FEN-21 RES
FEN-21 TTL
FEN-31 HTL
Enables and selects the interface for the TTL encoder signal
echo.
Note: If encoder emulation and echo are enabled for the
same FEN-xx TTL output, the emulation overrides the echo.
Disabled
Parameters 261
No.
90.05
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
FEN-01 TTL+
FEN-01 TTL
FEN-11 TTL
FEN-21 TTL
FEN-31 HTL
No
Fault
Warning
Done
Reconfiguration done.
Configure
91
91.01
Sine cosine nr
065535
91.02
1=1
None
Not selected.
Commut sig
Commutation signals.
EnDat
Hiperface
SSI
Tamag. 17/33b
262 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
91.03
032
032
Refmark ena
False
True
Disabled
Enabled
Hiperface parity
91.04
91.05
91.06
91.10
91.11
91.12
FbEq
1=1
1=1
Odd
Even
Hiperf baudrate
4800
4800 bit/s
9600
9600 bit/s
19200
19200 bit/s
2
3
38400
38400 bit/s
0255
1=1
Parameters 263
No.
Name/Value
Description
91.20
2127
91.21
1126
91.22
1126
91.23
Selects the data format for SSI encoder (i.e. when parameter
91.02 Abs enc interf setting is SSI).
91.24
91.25
91.26
FbEq
1=1
1=1
1=1
binary
gray
Selects the baud rate for SSI encoder (i.e. when parameter
91.02 Abs enc interf setting is SSI).
10 kbit/s
50 kbit/s
100 kbit/s
200 kbit/s
500 kbit/s
1000 kbit/s
SSI mode
Initial pos.
Continuous
50 s
50 s transmission cycle.
100 s
200 s
500 s
1 ms
1 ms transmission cycle.
2 ms
2 ms transmission cycle.
264 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
91.27
91.30
91.31
315-45 deg
45-135 deg
135-225 deg
225-315 deg
Endat mode
Initial pos.
Continuous
10 s
100 s
1 ms
50 ms
92
92 Resolver conf
92.01
1 32
92.02
92.03
1 20 kHz
93
93.02
Resolver configuration.
See also section Encoder support on page 63.
Resolv polepairs
93.01
FbEq
1=1
10 = 1 Vrms
1 = 1 kHz
Enc1 pulse nr
0 65535
Enc1 type
Quadrature
Single track
1=1
Parameters 265
No.
Name/Value
Description
93.03
Enc1 sp CalcMode
A&B all
A all
A rising
A falling
Auto rising
93.12
93.13
Enc2 pulse nr
Mode used
A&B all
A all
A rising
93.11
FbEq
Mode used
A&B all
A all
A falling
0 65535
Enc2 type
1=1
Quadrature
Single track
Enc2 sp CalcMode
A&B all
A all
A rising
A falling
Auto rising
Auto falling
266 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
94
Description
FbEq
94 Ext IO conf
94.01
None
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
3
4
94.02
FIO-31
Not in use.
None
FIO-01
FIO-11
FIO-21
FIO-31
Not in use.
95
95 Hw configuration
95.01
Ctrl boardSupply
Internal 24V
The drive control unit is powered from the drive power unit it
is mounted on. This is the default setting.
External 24V
0 55 C
95.03
97
1 = 1 C
Motor values supplied by the user that are used in the motor
model.
97.01
NoUserPars
UserMotPars
Parameters 267
No.
97.02
97.03
97.04
97.05
97.06
97.07
97.08
97.09
97.10
97.11
97.12
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
UserPosOffs
AllUserPars
Rs user
0.00000 0.50000
p.u.
Rr user
0.00000 0.50000
p.u.
Lm user
0.00000
10.00000 p.u.
SigmaL user
0.00000 1.00000
p.u.
Ld user
0.00000
10.00000 p.u
Lq user
0.00000
10.00000 p.u
Pm flux user
0.00000 2.00000
p.u
Rs user SI
0.00000
100.00000 ohm
Stator resistance.
Rr user SI
0.00000
100.00000 ohm
Rotor resistance.
Lm user SI
0.00 100000.00
mH
Main inductance.
SigL user SI
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 p.u.
100000 =
1 ohm
100000 =
1 ohm
100 = 1 mH
268 Parameters
No.
97.13
97.14
97.18
97.20
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
0.00 100000.00
mH
Leakage inductance.
100 = 1 mH
Ld user SI
0.00 100000.00
mH
Lq user SI
0.00 100000.00
mH
Signal injection
Disabled
Enabled(5%)
Enabled(10%)
Enabled(15%)
Enabled(20%)
PM angle offset
0360
Angle offset.
99
99 Start-up data
99.01
Language
100 = 1 mH
100 = 1 mH
1 = 1
English
English.
0809 hex
Deutsch
German.
0407 hex
Italiano
Italian.
0410 hex
Espaol
Spanish.
040A hex
Nederlands
Dutch.
0413 hex
Franais
French.
040C hex
Dansk
Danish.
0406 hex
Suomi
Finnish.
040B hex
Svenska
Swedish.
041D hex
Parameters 269
No.
99.04
99.05
99.06
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Russki
Russian.
0419 hex
Polski
Polish.
0415 hex
Trke
Turkish.
041F hex
Chinese
Chinese.
0804 hex
Serbian
Serbian.
081A hex
Portugus
Portuguese (Brazilian).
0816 hex
Motor type
AM
PMSM
SynRM
DTC
Scalar
0.0 6400.0 A
10 = 1 A
270 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
99.07
Defines the nominal motor voltage as fundamental phase-tophase rms voltage supplied to the motor at the nominal
operating point. This setting must match the value on the
rating plate of the motor.
Notes:
With permanent magnet motors, the nominal voltage is the
BackEMF voltage at nominal speed of the motor. If the
voltage is given as voltage per rpm, e.g. 60 V per 1000
rpm, the voltage for a nominal speed of 3000 rpm is
3 60 V = 180 V. Note that the nominal voltage is not
equal to the equivalent DC motor voltage (EDCM)
specified by some motor manufacturers. The nominal
voltage can be calculated by dividing the EDCM voltage by
1.7 (or square root of 3).
The stress on the motor insulation is always dependent on
the drive supply voltage. This also applies to the case
where the motor voltage rating is lower than that of the
drive and the supply.
This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
1/6 2 UN
99.08
5.0 500.0 Hz
99.09
Defines the nominal motor speed. The setting must match the
value on the rating plate of the motor.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
Note: For safety reasons, after ID run, the maximum and
minimum speed limits (parameters 20.01 and 20.02) are
automatically set to a 1.2 times bigger value than the nominal
motor speed.
0 30000 rpm
99.10
Defines the nominal motor power. The setting must match the
value on the rating plate of the motor. If multiple motors are
connected to the drive, enter the total power of the motors.
The unit is selected by parameter 16.17 Power unit.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is
running.
0.00 10000.00
kW
0.00 1.00
99.11
FbEq
10 = 1 V
10 = 1 Hz
1 = 1 rpm
100 = 1 kW
100 = 1
Parameters 271
No.
Name/Value
Description
99.12
0 2147483.647
Nm
IDrun mode
No
Normal
99.13
FbEq
1000 = 1 Nm
272 Parameters
No.
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Reduced
Standstill
Autophasing
Parameters 273
No.
99.16
Name/Value
Description
FbEq
Advanced
Adv standst
Phase inversion
No
Normal.
Yes
274 Parameters
7
Additional parameter data
What this chapter contains
This chapter lists the parameters with some additional data. For parameter
descriptions, see chapter Parameters on page 103.
Definition
Actual signal
Bit pointer
Bit pointer. A bit pointer can point to a single bit in the value of another
parameter, or be fixed to 0 (C.FALSE) or 1 (C.TRUE).
enum
FbEq
Fieldbus equivalent: The scaling between the value shown on the panel
and the integer used in serial communication.
INT32
No.
Parameter number.
Pb
Packed boolean.
REAL
REAL24
= fractional value
= fractional value
Type
Data type. See enum, INT32, Bit pointer, Val pointer, Pb, REAL, REAL24,
UINT32.
UINT32
Val pointer
Fieldbus equivalents
Serial communication data between the fieldbus adapter and the drive is transferred
in integer format. Thus, the drive actual and reference signal values must be scaled
to 16/32-bit integer values. The fieldbus equivalent defines the scaling between the
signal value and the integer used in serial communication.
All the read and sent values are limited to 16/32 bits.
Example: If 24.03 Maximum torq ref is set from an external control system, an integer
value of 10 corresponds to 1%.
1629
815
07
Name
Source type
Not in use
Group
Index
Value
1255
1255
Value pointer is
connected to
parameter
Group of source
parameter
Index of source
parameter
Description
For example, the value that should be written into parameter 33.02 Superv1 act to
change its value to 01.07 Dc-voltage is
0100 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0000 0111 = 1073742087 (32-bit integer).
2429
023
Name
Source type
Not in use
Address
Value
0 224-1
Value pointer is
connected to
application program.
Relative address of
application program
variable
Description
1629
115
Name
Source type
Not in use
Not in use
Value
Value
01
Bit pointer is
connected to 0/1.
0 = False, 1 = True
Description
When a bit pointer parameter is connected to a bit value of another parameter, the
format is as follows:
Bit
3031
2429
1623
Name
Source type
Not in use
Bit sel
Group
Index
Value
031
2255
1255
Bit pointer is
connected to
signal bit
value.
Bit selection
Group of
source
parameter
Index of
source
parameter
Description
815
07
2429
023
Name
Source type
Bit sel
Address
Value
031
0 224-1
Bit
Description
3031
2429
023
Bit selection
Relative address of
application program
variable
Note: Bit pointer parameters connected to an application program are read-only via
fieldbus.
Parameter groups 19
Type
Data
length
Range
Unit
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL24
REAL
REAL24
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL24
REAL24
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL24
UINT32
REAL
32
32
32
32
16
16
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
32
-3000030000
-10001000
-3000030000
030000
01000
-16001600
02000
-3276832768
01
-3276832768
01
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3000030000
-40160
-40160
-10250
-10250
01000
01000
0100
-3276832768
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
50 ms
10 ms
REAL
32
-3276832768
INT32
INT32
32
32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
REAL
REAL24
REAL24
REAL24
INT32
INT32
INT32
REAL24
REAL
REAL
REAL
INT32
32
32
32
32
16
32
16
16
16
32
32
32
16
16
32
16
32
02147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
035791394.1
035791394.1
035791394.1
02147483.647
01000
032767
-40160
-40160
-40160
02147483647
021474836.47
0214748364.7
-40160
01000
-3000030000
-16001600
0...2147483647
rpm
%
Hz
A
%
%
V
rpm
rev
rpm
rev
rev
rev
rpm
%
%
C
C
V
%
%
kW or
hp
kW or
hp
kWh
kWh
h
h
h
Nm
s
%
%
%
kWh
t
C
V
rpm
%
-
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
Pb
16
2 ms
Pb
16
2 ms
No.
Name
01 Actual values
01.01 Motor speed rpm
01.02 Motor speed %
01.03 Output frequency
01.04 Motor current
01.05 Motor current %
01.06 Motor torque
01.07 Dc-voltage
01.08 Encoder1 speed
01.09 Encoder1 pos
01.10 Encoder2 speed
01.11 Encoder2 pos
01.12 Pos act
01.13 Pos 2nd enc
01.14 Motor speed est
01.15 Temp inverter
01.16 Temp brk chopper
01.17 Motor temp1
01.18 Motor temp2
01.19 Used supply volt
01.20 Brake res load
01.21 Cpu usage
01.22 Power inu out
0b00000000
0b11111111
0b0000000
0b1111111
Update
time
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
Notes
Pb
Data
length
16
02.04 AI1
REAL
16
REAL
REAL
32
16
02.07
02.08
02.09
02.10
02.11
02.12
02.13
02.14
02.15
02.16
02.17
02.18
02.19
02.20
02.21
02.22
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
Pb
32
16
32
16
32
16
32
16
32
16
16
16
16
32
32
32
Pb
32
INT32
32
INT32
32
Pb
Pb
REAL
16
16
32
REAL
32
REAL
32
Pb
Pb
16
32
Pb
32
INT32
32
INT32
32
03 Control values
03.03 SpeedRef unramp
03.05 SpeedRef ramped
03.06 SpeedRef used
03.07 Speed error filt
03.08 Acc comp torq
03.09 Torq ref sp ctrl
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
32
32
32
32
16
16
No.
Name
AI2 scaled
AI3
AI3 scaled
AI4
AI4 scaled
AI5
AI5 scaled
AI6
AI6 scaled
AO1
AO2
AO3
AO4
Freq in
Freq out
FBA main cw
Type
Range
Unit
0b0000000000
0b1111111111
-1111 V or
-2222 mA
-3276832768
-1111 V or
-2222 mA
-3276832768
-2222
-3276832768
-2222
-3276832768
-2222
-3276832768
-2222
-3276832768
0 22.7
0 22.7
0 22.7
0 22.7
-3276832768
-3276832768
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
-2147483647
2147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
-2147483647
2147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
-3276832768
Update
time
2 ms
V or mA
2 ms
V or mA
2 ms
2 ms
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
Hz
-
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
250 s
250 s
500 s
500 s
500 s
500 s
500 s
2 ms
500 s
2 ms
rpm or
%
-
10 ms
500 s
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
00x33
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
0xFFFFFFFF
-2147483647
2147483647
-2147483647
2147483647
-3000030000
-3000030000
-3000030000
-3000030000
-16001600
-16001600
rpm
rpm
rpm
rpm
%
%
250
250
250
250
250
250
s
s
s
s
s
s
Notes
No.
Name
Range
Unit
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
enum
REAL24
REAL
REAL
REAL
Data
length
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
32
16
16
-10001000
-10001000
-16001600
-16001600
-10001000
01
0200
-3000030000
-3000030000
-3000030000
%
%
%
%
%
%
rpm
rpm
rpm
Update
time
250 s
250 s
250 s
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
2 ms
2 ms
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
REAL
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
32
32
32
32
32
16
16
16
32
32
32
32
32
32
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
-3276832768
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
02147483647
%
%
%
s
s
-
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
10 ms
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
enum
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
011
0b0000b111
0b000000b11111
0b0000000b111111
0b0000000b111111
2 ms
2 ms
250 s
250 s
250 s
2 ms
2 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2 ms
enum
enum
INT32
INT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
UINT32
16
16
32
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
065535
02147483647
-2312 31 - 1
00:00:00 24:00:00
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
(date)
(time)
-
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
INT32
16
065535
Type
Notes
No.
09.02
09.03
09.04
09.05
09.10
09.11
09.12
09.13
09.14
09.20
09.21
09.22
Name
Drive rating id
Firmware ID
Firmware ver
Firmware patch
Int logic ver
Slot 1 VIE name
Slot 1 VIE ver
Slot 2 VIE name
Slot 2 VIE ver
Option slot1
Option slot2
Option slot3
Type
INT32
Pb
Pb
Pb
Pb
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
INT32
Data
length
16
16
16
16
32
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Range
Unit
065535
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
0x00000xFFFF
065535
065535
065535
Update
time
-
Notes
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
10 Start/stop/dir
10.01 Ext1 start func
enum
16
07
In1
Bit pointer
32
DI1
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
07
Not sel
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
DI3
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
enum
16
01
Disabled
enum
16
01
Off2 stop
11 Start/stop mode
11.01 Start mode
enum
16
02
Automatic
UINT32
16
010000
ms
500 ms
enum
16
12
Coast
REAL
16
01000
rpm
5.0 rpm
UINT32
16
0100
30%
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
02
Turning
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
15
Speed
enum
16
15
Speed
enum
16
12
Speed
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
-10.000 V
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-1500.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
10.000 V
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
-10.000 V
11.06 Dc hold
11.07 Autophasing mode
12 Operating mode
13 Analogue inputs
Type
Data
len.
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-100.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
22.000 mA
REAL
16
-2222 mA or -1111 V
mA or V
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
1500.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
13.31 AI tune
enum
16
04
No action
No.
Name
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
enum
16
03
No
UINT32
32
0b00000b1111
0b0000
0b00000000
14 Digital I/O
14.01 DI invert mask
Pb
16
0b00000000 0b111111111
enum
16
02
Output
Bit pointer
32
Ready relay
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
enum
16
03
Output
Bit pointer
32
RunningRelay
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Fault(-1)
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Ready relay
enum
16
01
Output
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Bit pointer
32
enum
16
Bit pointer
32
Fault
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Alarm
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Ext2 active
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
At setpoint
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
Ref running
01
Output
Range
enum
16
01
Output
Bit pointer
32
Zero speed
Bit pointer
32
Ready relay
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
UINT32
16
03000
0.0 s
Bit pointer
32
RunningRelay
Bit pointer
32
Fault(-1)
Bit pointer
32
P.06.02.02
Bit pointer
32
P.06.02.04
REAL
16
332768
Hz
1000 Hz
REAL
16
332768
Hz
3 Hz
REAL
16
-3276832768
1500
REAL
16
-3276832768
Val pointer
32
P.01.01
REAL
16
032768
1500
REAL
16
032768
REAL
16
332768
Hz
1000 Hz
REAL
16
332768
Hz
3 Hz
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Pb
16
0b0000000000
0b1111111111
0b0000000000
Current %
Val pointer
32
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
20.000 mA
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
Val pointer
32
Speed %
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
20.000 mA
Name
Type
Data
len.
REAL
REAL
No.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
16
0 22.7
mA
4.000 mA
32
-3276832768
100.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-100.000
Frequency
Val pointer
32
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
22.000 mA
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
50.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
Val pointer
32
Frequency
REAL
16
030
0.100 s
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
22.000 mA
REAL
16
0 22.7
mA
4.000 mA
REAL
32
-3276832768
50.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.000
UINT32
32
0b00000b1111
0b0000
enum
16
04
No action
15.30 AO calibration
16 System
16.01 Local lock
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
02
Open
INT32
32
02147483647
enum
16
02
Done
enum
16
01
Done
enum
32
110
No request
Pb
32
01024
N/A
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
enum
16
01
Done
enum
16
02
No request
enum
16
02
Long menu
enum
16
01
kW
enum
16
0...3
Normal
enum
32
01
No action
REAL
16
030000
rpm
1500 rpm
enum
16
02
Estimated
REAL
32
010000
ms
8.000 ms
REAL
32
030000
rpm
30.00 rpm
19 Speed calculation
UINT32
16
030000
ms
0 ms
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
Type
Data
len.
REAL
32
REAL
16
enum
16
02
Fault
REAL
32
030000
rpm
200 rpm
REAL
32
030000
rpm
15.0 rpm
REAL
32
010000
ms
15.000 ms
REAL
32
-3000030000
rpm
1500 rpm
REAL
32
-3000030000
rpm
-1500 rpm
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
REAL
32
030000
2 2 [99.06]
C.FALSE
No.
Name
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
010000
rpm
500.0 rpm
030000
rpm
100 rpm
Range
20 Limits
Bit pointer
32
REAL
16
01600
300.0%
REAL
16
-16000
-300.0%
REAL
16
Max torque1
REAL
16
Min torque1
REAL
16
01600
300.0%
REAL
16
01600
300.0%
AI1 scaled
21 Speed ref
21.01 Speed ref1 sel
Val pointer
32
Val pointer
32
Zero
enum
16
05
Ref1
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
REAL
16
-88
1.000
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
enum
16
01
Reset
Bit pointer
32
DI5
Bit pointer
32
DI6
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
32
01800
20.000 s
REAL
32
01800
20.000 s
REAL
32
01800
60.000 s
REAL
32
01800
60.000 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
REAL
32
01000
0.100 s
REAL
32
01800
0.000 s
REAL
32
01800
0.000 s
REAL
32
01800
3.000 s
REAL
16
0200
10.00
REAL
32
0600
0.500 s
REAL
16
010
0.000 s
REAL
16
01000
ms
8.0 ms
REAL
32
0600
0.00 s
REAL
16
01000
ms
8.0 ms
0.0 ms
No.
Name
23 Speed ctrl
REAL
16
01000
ms
Val pointer
32
Zero
REAL
16
-16001600
300.0%
REAL
16
-16001600
-300.0%
enum
16
02
Disabled
REAL
16
03000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
03000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
0100
0.00%
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
010
1.000
REAL
16
010
1.000
enum
16
04
Done
REAL
16
02000
Hz
100.00 Hz
REAL
16
0200
1.5
Val pointer
32
AI2 scaled
Val pointer
32
Zero
REAL
16
01000
300.0%
REAL
16
-10000
-300.0%
REAL
16
-88
1.000
UINT32
32
060
0.000 s
UINT32
32
060
0.000 s
24 Torque ref
25 Critical speed
25.01 Crit speed sel
enum
16
01
Disable
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
No.
Name
26 Constant speeds
26.01 Const speed func
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b11
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
AI1 scaled
27 Process PID
Val pointer
32
enum
16
08
Act1
Val pointer
32
AI2 scaled
AI2 scaled
Val pointer
32
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.00
REAL
32
-3276832768
-100.00
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.00
REAL
32
-3276832768
-100.00
REAL
16
-32.768 32.767
1.000
REAL
16
030
0.040 s
REAL
16
0100
1.00
REAL
16
0320
60.00 s
REAL
16
010
0.00 s
REAL
16
010
1.00 s
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Direct
enum
16
02
REAL
32
-3276832768
100.0
REAL
32
-3276832768
-100.0
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.0
enum
16
02
No
REAL
32
-3276832768
rpm
0.0 rpm
0.0 s
UINT32
32
0360
REAL
32
032768
0.0
UINT32
32
0360
0.0 s
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
Running
30 Fault functions
30.01 External fault
Bit pointer
32
C.TRUE
REAL
16
-3000030000
rpm
0 rpm
enum
16
03
Fault
enum
16
01
Fault
enum
16
02
Fault
enum
16
01
Fault
enum
16
14
Fault
enum
16
01
Fault
Pb
16
0b0000b111
0b111
REAL
16
01600
200.0%
REAL
16
0.5 1000
Hz
15.0 Hz
UINT32
16
03600
20 s
enum
16
02
No
enum
16
012
Estimated
INT32
16
010000
90 C
INT32
16
010000
110 C
enum
16
02
No
enum
16
012
Estimated
INT32
16
010000
90 C
INT32
16
010000
110 C
INT32
16
-60100
20 C
INT32
16
50150
100%
INT32
16
50150
100%
INT32
16
0.01500
Hz
45.00 Hz
INT32
16
0300
80 C
INT32
16
10010000
256 s
0b000000
32 Automatic reset
32.01 Autoreset sel
Pb
16
0b0000000b111111
UINT32
16
05
UINT32
16
1600
30.0 s
UINT32
16
0120
0.0 s
33 Supervision
33.01 Superv1 func
enum
16
04
Disabled
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
33.03 Superv1 hi
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
33.04 Superv1 lo
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
enum
16
04
Disabled
Val pointer
32
Current
33.07 Superv2 hi
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
33.08 Superv2 lo
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
enum
16
04
Disabled
Val pointer
32
Torque
33.11 Superv3 hi
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
33.12 Superv3 lo
REAL
32
-3276832768
0.00
Bit pointer
32
DI1
Bit pointer
32
DI2
Bit pointer
32
DI3
Bit pointer
32
DI4
Bit pointer
32
DI5
Bit pointer
32
DI6
Pb
16
0b0000000b111111
0b000000
Pb
16
0b00000b1111
0b0000
REAL
16
1500
Hz
5 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
25 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
43 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
50 Hz
REAL
16
1500
Hz
500 Hz
REAL
16
01600
10%
REAL
16
01600
15%
REAL
16
01600
25%
REAL
16
01600
30%
REAL
16
01600
30%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
REAL
16
01600
300%
UINT32
16
010000
100 s
UINT32
16
010000
20 s
UINT32
16
010000
10 s
Speed %
35 Process variable
35.01 Signal1 param
Val pointer
32
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
enum
16
05
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
enum
16
098
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
Val pointer
32
Current %
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
enum
16
05
enum
16
098
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
-300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
Val pointer
32
Torque
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
enum
16
05
enum
16
098
REAL
32
-3276832768
300.000
REAL
32
-3276832768
-300.000
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Pb
16
0b00000b1111
0b0000
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
enum
16
17
Monday
enum
16
17
Monday
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
36 Timed functions
UINT32
32
00:00:00 24:00:00
00:00:00
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
Pb
16
0b000000b11111
0b00000
REAL
16
0200
100%
enum
16
02
Linear
REAL
16
1500
10%
REAL
16
1500
30%
REAL
16
1500
50%
REAL
16
1500
70%
REAL
16
1500
90%
REAL
16
0200
20%
REAL
16
0200
40%
REAL
16
0200
60%
REAL
16
0200
80%
REAL
16
0200
100%
Val pointer
32
P.38.01
Default
38 Flux ref
40 Motor control
40.01 Motor noise
enum
16
03
40.02 Sf ref
REAL24
32
1.0...8.0
kHz
3 kHz
REAL24
32
0200
100%
REAL24
32
-450
-4%
enum
16
01
False
40.07 IR-compensation
REAL24
32
050
0.00%
enum
16
01
Disabled
40.08 Ex request
40.10 Flux braking
enum
16
02
Disabled
enum
16
01
Disabled
REAL24
32
20500
100%
enum
16
02
No
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
UINT32
16
05
0.00 s
UINT32
16
060
0.00 s
REAL
16
01000
rpm
100.0 rpm
UINT32
16
010
0.00 s
UINT32
16
010
0.00 s
REAL
16
-10001000
0.0%
Val pointer
32
P.42.08
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
02
Fault
Type
Data
len.
UINT32
UINT32
No.
Name
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
16
0600
0.00 s
16
03600
0.00 s
44 Maintenance
44.01 Ontime1 func
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
Running
UINT32
32
02147483647
36000000 s
enum
16
05
Mot bearing
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
Charged
UINT32
32
02147483647
15768000 s
enum
16
05
Device clean
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Bit pointer
32
Charged
UINT32
32
02147483647
5000
UINT32
32
02147483647
enum
16
05
Dc-charge
0b01
Pb
16
0b000b11
Bit pointer
32
RO1
UINT32
32
02147483647
10000
UINT32
32
02147483647
enum
16
05
Output relay
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
UINT32
32
02147483647
13140000
UINT32
32
02147483647
6000
enum
16
01
Mot bearing
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b01
Val pointer
32
Speed rpm
UINT32
32
02147483647
6570000
UINT32
32
02147483647
6000
enum
16
01
Value2
UINT32
32
035791394.1
0.00 h
UINT32
32
035791394.1
0.00 h
Device clean
enum
16
15
UINT32
32
02147483647
kWh
0 kWh
enum
16
15
Device clean
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
45 Energy optimising
45.01 Energy optim
enum
16
01
Disable
UINT32
32
021474836.47
0.65
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
enum
16
02
REAL
16
010
0.5
REAL
16
01000
100.0%
enum
16
01
Done
enum
16
01
Enable
enum
16
01
Enable
47.03 SupplyVoltAutoId
enum
16
01
Enable
REAL
16
01000
400.0 V
enum
16
02
Disable
Bit pointer
32
Running
47 Voltage ctrl
48 Brake chopper
48.01 Bc enable
48.02 Bc run-time ena
48.03 BrThermTimeConst
REAL24
32
010000
0s
REAL24
32
0.010000
kW
0.0 kW
48.05 R br
REAL24
32
0.01000
ohm
0.0 ohm
REAL24
16
0150
105%
REAL24
16
0150
95%
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
16
-3276832767
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
UINT32
32
-2147483647 2147483647
0
Disable
49 Data storage
50 Fieldbus
50.01 Fba enable
enum
16
01
enum
16
03
No
UINT32
16
0.36553.5
0.3 s
enum
16
02
Speed
enum
16
02
Torque
Val pointer
32
P.01.01
Val pointer
32
P.01.06
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
enum
16
02
Normal
Val pointer
32
P.02.22
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
Pb
16
0b000b11
0b11
UINT32
16
065535
UINT32
16
065535
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
01
Done
UINT32
16
0x00000xFFFF
UINT32
16
065535
No.
Name
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
06
Idle
UINT32
16
0x00000xFFFF
UINT32
16
0x00000xFFFF
UINT32
16
09999
UINT32
16
09999
UINT32
16
09999
UINT32
16
09999
Val pointer
32
P.01.40
Val pointer
32
P.01.04
Val pointer
32
P.01.41
INT32
-13
Normal
INT32
-13
Normal
INT32
-13
Normal
UINT32
01
rpm
250 ms
52 FBA data in
52.01 FBA data in1
REAL
32
010000
ms
REAL
32
010000
ms
100 ms
enum
16
01
Disabled
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
enum
16
02
Disabled
enum
16
02
Alarm
UINT32
16
162
UINT32
32
0h00000000 0h7FFFFFFF
0h00000000
No.
Name
57 D2D communication
UINT32
32
0h00000000 0h7FFFFFFF
0h00000000
Val pointer
32
P.03.05
Val pointer
32
P.03.13
Val pointer
32
P.02.31
enum
16
01
Broadcast
UINT32
16
062
UINT32
16
062
UINT32
16
162
enum
16
03
on-board
UINT32
32
01
Modbus RTU
UINT32
32
0247
UINT32
32
06
9600
58.05 Parity
UINT32
32
03
8 none 1
UINT32
32
03
ABB Enhanced
UINT32
32
060000
ms
600
UINT32
32
02
None
UINT32
32
03
None
UINT32
32
01
Done
Pb
16
165535
100
enum
16
01
Low
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
UINT32
32
065535
UINT32
32
065535
UINT16
16
065535
UINT16
16
065535
UINT16
16
065535
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Pb
16
0x00000xFFFF
0x0000
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
UINT16
16
065535
ms
UINT16
16
01
Yes
UINT32
32
01
LSW MSW
UINT16
16
09999
UINT16
16
09999
UINT16
16
09999
Val pointer
32
Power inu
REAL
16
0120
2.00 s
Bit pointer
32
C.FALSE
64.04 AL signal
No.
Name
Default
(Factory macro)
64 Load analyzer
Val pointer
32
Power motor
REAL
32
032768
100.00
REAL
32
-3276832768
UINT32
32
01.01.80
UINT32
32
00:00:0023:59:59
REAL
32
-3276832768
REAL
32
02000
REAL
32
-3276832768
rpm
UINT32
32
01.01.80
UINT32
32
00:00:0023:59:59
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
REAL
16
0100
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
REAL
16
0100
Val pointer
32
P.03.03
Val pointer
32
P.03.05
Val pointer
32
P.01.01
Val pointer
32
P.03.07
Val pointer
32
P.03.08
Val pointer
32
P.03.09
Val pointer
32
P.03.12
Val pointer
32
P.02.30
Val pointer
32
P.04.03
enum
16
07
None
enum
16
07
None
enum
16
05
Disabled
No.
Name
enum
16
02
Fault
enum
16
01
Done
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
05
None
UINT32
16
032
UINT32
16
032
enum
16
01
False
UINT32
16
01
Disabled
enum
16
01
Odd
enum
16
03
9600
UINT32
16
0255
64
UINT32
16
2127
UINT32
16
1126
UINT32
16
1126
enum
16
01
binary
enum
16
05
100 kbit/s
enum
16
01
Initial pos.
enum
16
05
100 s
enum
16
03
315-45 deg
enum
16
01
Initial pos.
enum
16
03
50 ms
UINT32
16
132
UINT32
16
412
Vrms
4.0 Vrms
92 Resolver conf
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
UINT32
16
120
kHz
1 kHz
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
01
Quadrature
Auto rising
enum
16
0.5
UINT32
16
065535
enum
16
01
Quadrature
enum
16
0.5
Auto rising
94 Ext IO conf
94.01 Ext IO1 sel
UINT32
16
03
None
UINT32
16
03
None
95 Hw configuration
95.01 Ctrl boardSupply
enum
16
01
Internal 24V
INT32
16
055
40 C
16
03
NoUserPars
97.02 Rs user
REAL24
32
00.5
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.03 Rr user
REAL24
32
00.5
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.04 Lm user
REAL24
32
010
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
REAL24
32
01
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.06 Ld user
REAL24
32
010
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.07 Lq user
REAL24
32
010
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
REAL24
32
02
p.u.
0.00000 p.u.
97.09 Rs user SI
REAL24
32
0100
ohm
0.00000 Ohm
97.10 Rr user SI
REAL24
32
0100
ohm
0.00000 Ohm
97.11 Lm user SI
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
97.13 Ld user SI
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
97.14 Lq user SI
REAL24
32
0100000
mH
0.00 mH
UINT32
16
04
Disabled
REAL
32
0360
(el.)
0
English
99 Start-up data
99.01 Language
enum
16
enum
16
02
AM
enum
16
01
DTC
REAL
32
06400
0.0 A
REAL
32
1/6 2 UN
0.0 V
REAL
32
5500
Hz
0.0 Hz
REAL
32
030000
rpm
0 rpm
REAL
32
010000
kW or hp
0.00 kW
No.
Name
Type
Data
len.
Range
Unit
Default
(Factory macro)
REAL24
32
01
0.00
INT32
32
02147483.647
Nm
0.000 Nm
enum
16
07
No
UINT32
32
01
No
8
Fault tracing
What this chapter contains
The chapter lists the alarm (warning) and fault messages including possible causes
and corrective actions.
The alarm/fault code is displayed on the control panel of the drive, as well as the
DriveStudio PC tool. An alarm or a fault message indicates abnormal drive status.
Most alarm and fault causes can be identified and corrected using the information in
this chapter. If not, an ABB representative should be contacted.
In this chapter, the alarms and faults are sorted by the four-digit code. The
hexadecimal code in brackets that follows the alarm/fault message is for fieldbus
communication.
Safety
WARNING! Only qualified electricians are allowed to maintain the drive. The
Safety Instructions on the first pages of the appropriate Hardware Manual
must be read before you start working with the drive.
How to reset
The drive can be reset either by pressing the RESET key on the control panel or PC
tool, or by switching the supply voltage off for a while. When the fault has been
removed, the motor can be restarted.
A fault can also be reset from an external source selected by parameter 10.10 Fault
reset sel.
Fault history
When a fault is detected, it is stored in the fault logger with a time stamp. The fault
history stores information on the 16 latest faults of the drive. Three of the latest faults
are stored at the beginning of a power switch off.
Parameters 08.01 Active fault and 08.02 Last fault store the fault codes of the most
recent faults.
Alarms can be monitored via alarm words 08.05 Alarm logger1 08.18 Alarm
word4. Alarm information is lost at power switch off or fault reset.
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
2000
BRAKE START
TORQUE
(0x7185)
Programmable fault:
42.12 Brake fault func
2001
BRAKE NOT
CLOSED
(0x7186)
Programmable fault:
42.12 Brake fault func
2002
2003
2005
MOTOR
TEMPERATURE
(0x4310)
Programmable fault:
31.01 Mot temp1 prot
2006
EMERGENCY OFF
(0xF083)
2007
RUN ENABLE
(0xFF54)
Code
2008
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
MOTOR ID-RUN
(0xFF84)
Cause
What to do
EMERGENCY STOP
(0xF081)
2011
BR OVERHEAT
(0x7112)
2012
BC OVERHEAT
(0x7181)
2013
DEVICE OVERTEMP
(0x4210)
2014
INTBOARD
OVERTEMP
(0x7182)
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
2015
BC MOD OVERTEMP
(0x7183)
2017
FIELDBUS COMM
(0x7510)
Programmable fault:
50.02 Comm loss func
Cyclical communication
between drive and fieldbus
adapter module or between
PLC and fieldbus adapter
module is lost.
2018
2019
AI SUPERVISION
(0x8110)
Programmable fault:
13.32 AI superv func
2020
FB PAR CONF
(0x6320)
2021
NO MOTOR DATA
(0x6381)
2022
ENCODER 1
FAILURE (0x7301)
2023
ENCODER 2
FAILURE (0x7381)
Code
Code
2027
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
FEN TEMP MEAS
FAILURE
(0x7385)
Cause
What to do
Error in temperature
measurement when
temperature sensor (KTY or
PTC) connected to encoder
interface FEN-xx is used.
Error in temperature
measurement when KTY
sensor connected to encoder
interface FEN-01 is used.
2030
RESOLVER
AUTOTUNE ERR
(0x7388)
2031
ENCODER 1 CABLE
(0x7389)
2032
ENCODER 2 CABLE
(0x738A)
Code
2033
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
D2D
COMMUNICATION
(0x7520)
Programmable fault:
57.02 Comm loss func
Cause
What to do
2034
D2D BUFFER
OVERLOAD
(0x7520)
Programmable fault:
57.02 Comm loss func
Transmission of drive-to-drive
references failed because of
message buffer overflow.
2035
PS COMM
(0x5480)
Communication errors
detected between the JCU
Control Unit and the power unit
of the drive.
2036
RESTORE
(0x6300)
Restoration of backed-up
parameters failed.
2037
CUR MEAS
CALIBRATION
(0x2280)
Current measurement
calibration will occur at next
start.
Informative alarm.
2038
AUTOPHASING
(0x3187)
Informative alarm.
2039
EARTH FAULT
(0x2330)
Programmable fault:
30.05 Earth fault
2040
AUTORESET
(0x6080)
A fault is to be autoreset.
2041
2042
D2D CONFIG
(0x7583)
2043
STALL
(0x7121)
Programmable fault:
30.09 Stall function
Code
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
2044
LCURVE
(0x2312)
Programmable fault:
34.01 Overload func /
34.02 Underload func
2045
LCURVE PAR
(0x6320)
2046
2047
SPEED FEEDBACK
(0x8480)
No speed feedback is
received.
2048
OPTION COMM
LOSS
(0x7000)
2049
MOTOR TEMP2
(0x4313)
Programmable fault:
31.05 Mot temp2 prot
2050
IGBTOLALARM
(0x5482)
2051
IGBTTEMPALARM
(0x4210)
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
2052
COOLING
(0x4290)
2053
MENU CHG
PASSWORD REQ
(0x6F81)
2054
MENU CHANGED
(0x6F82)
Informative alarm.
2055
DEVICE CLEAN
(0x5080)
2056
COOLING FAN
(0x5081)
2057
ADD COOLING
(0x5082)
2058
CABINET FAN
(0x5083)
2059
DC CAPACITOR
(0x5084)
2060
MOTOR BEARING
(0x738C)
2061
MAIN CONTACTOR
(0x548D)
2062
RELAY OUTPUT SW
(0x548E)
2063
MOTOR START
COUNT
(0x6180)
2064
POWER UP COUNT
(0x6181)
2065
DC CHARGE COUNT
(0x6182)
2066
ONTIME1 ALARM
(0x5280)
2067
ONTIME2 ALARM
(0x5281)
2068
EDGE1 ALARM
(0x5282)
2069
EDGE2 ALARM
(0x5283)
Code
Code
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
2070
VALUE1 ALARM
(0x5284)
2071
VALUE2 ALARM
(0x5285)
2072
DC NOT CHARGED
(0x3250)
2073
2074
START INTERLOCK
(0xF082)
2076
TEMP MEAS
FAILURE
(0x4211)
2077
Check:
selection of the parameter which
enables/disables EFB communication
(58.01 Protocol ena sel)
EFB connection at terminal XD2D on
the JCU control unit
status of the fieldbus master (online/
offline)
settings of the communication
supervision function (parameter 58.09
Comm loss action).
2078
TEMP DIFFERENCE
(0x4212)
2079
ENC 1 PULSE
FREQUENCY
(0x738E)
2080
ENC 2 PULSE
FREQUENCY
(0x738F)
2081
AO CALIBRATION
(0x7380)
2082
BR DATA
(0x7113)
Code
2400
Alarm
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
SOLUTION ALARM
(0x6F80)
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0001
OVERCURRENT
(0x2310)
0002
DC OVERVOLTAGE
(0x3210)
0004
SHORT CIRCUIT
(0x2340)
Extension: 1
Extension: 2
Extension: 4
Extension: 8
Extension: 16
Extension: 32
DC UNDERVOLTAGE
(0x3220)
0005
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0006
EARTH FAULT
(0x2330)
Programmable fault:
30.05 Earth fault
0007
FAN FAULT
(0xFF83)
0008
IGBT OVERTEMP
(0x7184)
0009
BC WIRING
(0x7111)
0010
BC SHORT CIRCUIT
(0x7113)
0011
BC OVERHEAT
(0x7181)
0012
BR OVERHEAT
(0x7112)
0013
0014
WIRING OR EARTH
FAULT
(0x3181)
Programmable fault:
30.08 Wiring or earth
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0015
SUPPLY PHASE
(0x3130)
Programmable fault:
30.06 Suppl phs loss
0016
MOTOR PHASE
(0x3182)
Programmable fault:
30.04 Mot phase loss
0017
MOTOR ID-RUN
FAULT
(0xFF84)
Extension: 1
Extension: 2
Extension: 3
Extension: 4
Current measurement
calibration did not finish within
reasonable time.
Extension: 57
Internal error.
Extension: 8
Extension: 9
Extension: 10
Extension: 11
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
Extension: 12
Extension: 13
Extension: 1416
Extension: 17
Synchronous reluctance
motors only: Unable to rotate
motor shaft.
0018
CURR U2 MEAS
(0x3184)
0019
CURR V2 MEAS
(0x3185)
0020
CURR W2 MEAS
(0x3186)
0021
STO1 LOST
(0x8182)
0022
STO2 LOST
(0x8183)
0024
INTBOARD
OVERTEMP
(0x7182)
0025
BC MOD OVERTEMP
(0x7183)
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0026
AUTOPHASING
(0x3187)
0027
PU LOST
(0x5400)
0028
PS COMM
(0x5480)
Communication errors
detected between the JCU
Control Unit and the power unit
of the drive.
0030
EXTERNAL
(0x9000)
0031
0032
OVERSPEED
(0x7310)
0033
BRAKE START
TORQUE
(0x7185)
Programmable fault:
42.12 Brake fault func
0034
BRAKE NOT
CLOSED
(0x7186)
Programmable fault:
42.12 Brake fault func
0035
0036
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0037
NVMEM
CORRUPTED
(0x6320)
Extension: 2051
Extension: Other
0038
OPTIONCOMM LOSS
(0x7000)
Cause 1: Communication
between drive and option
module (FEN-xx and/or FIOxx) is lost.
Cause 2: Speed feedback
(19.02 Speed fb sel) has been
selected from an encoder
which does not supply speed
feedback. SSI and EnDat type
absolute encoders do not
supply speed feedback in
Continuous mode (91.25 SSI
mode and 91.30 Endat mode).
0039
ENCODER 1
(0x7301)
0040
ENCODER 2
(0x7381)
0045
FIELDBUS COMM
(0x7510)
Programmable fault:
50.02 Comm loss func
Cyclical communication
between drive and fieldbus
adapter module or between
PLC and fieldbus adapter
module is lost.
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0046
FB MAPPING FILE
(0x6306)
0047
MOTOR OVERTEMP
(0x4310)
Programmable fault:
31.01 Mot temp1 prot
0049
AI SUPERVISION
(0x8110)
Programmable fault:
13.32 AI superv func
0050
ENCODER 1 CABLE
(0x7389)
Programmable fault:
90.05 Enc cable fault
0051
ENCODER 2 CABLE
(0x738A)
Programmable fault:
90.05 Enc cable fault
0052
D2D CONFIG
(0x7583)
0053
D2D COMM
(0x7520)
Programmable fault:
57.02 Comm loss func
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0054
Transmission of drive-to-drive
references failed because of
message buffer overflow.
0055
TECH LIB
(0x6382)
0056
0057
FORCED TRIP
(0xFF90)
0058
FB PAR ERROR
(0x6320)
0059
STALL
(0x7121)
Programmable fault:
30.09 Stall function
0060
LOAD CURVE
(0x2312)
Programmable fault:
34.01 Overload func /
34.02 Underload func
0061
SPEED FEEDBACK
(0x8480)
No speed feedback is
received.
0062
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0063
MOTOR TEMP2
(0x4313)
Programmable fault:
31.05 Mot temp2 prot
0064
IGBT OVERLOAD
(0x5482)
0065
IGBT TEMP
(0x4210)
0066
COOLING
(0x4290)
0067
FPGA ERROR1
(0x5401)
0068
FPGA ERROR2
(0x5402)
0069
ADC ERROR
(0x5403)
0070
TEMP MEAS
FAILURE
(0x4211)
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0071
Check:
selection of the parameter which
enables/disables EFB communication
(58.01 Protocol ena sel)
EFB connection at terminal XD2D on
the JCON board
status of the fieldbus master (online/
offline)
settings of the communication
supervision function (parameter 58.09
Comm loss action).
0072
TEMP DIFFERENCE
(0x4212)
0073
ENC 1 PULSE
FREQUENCY
(0x738E)
0074
ENC 2 PULSE
FREQUENCY
(0x738F)
0075
MOT
OVERFREQUENCY
(0x7390)
0201
T2 OVERLOAD
(0x0201)
0202
T3 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0203
T4 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0204
T5 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0205
A1 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0206
A2 OVERLOAD
(0x6100)
0207
A1 INIT FAULT
(0x6100)
0208
A2 INIT FAULT
(0x6100)
0209
STACK ERROR
(0x6100)
0210
JMU MISSING
(0xFF61)
0301
0302
0303
0304
PU RATING ID
(0x5483)
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0305
RATING DATABASE
(0x6100)
0306
LICENSING
(0x6100)
0307
DEFAULT FILE
(0x6100)
0308
APPLFILE PAR
(0x6300)
Reload application.
If fault is still active, contact your local
ABB representative.
0309
APPL LOADING
(0x6300)
Extension: 8
Extension: 10
Extension: 35
Extension: Other
0310
USERSET LOAD
(0xFF69)
0311
USERSET SAVE
(0xFF69)
0312
UFF OVERSIZE
(0x6300)
0313
UFF EOF
(0x6300)
Code
Fault
(fieldbus code)
Cause
What to do
0314
TECH LIB
INTERFACE
(0x6100)
Incompatible firmware
interface
Note: This fault cannot be
reset.
0315
RESTORE FILE
(0x630D)
0316
DAPS MISMATCH
(0x5484)
0317
SOLUTION FAULT
(0x6200)
0318
MENU HIDING
(0x6200)
0319
APPL LICENSE
(0x6300)
9
Control through the
embedded fieldbus interface
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes how the drive can be controlled by external devices over a
communication network (fieldbus) using an embedded fieldbus interface.
System overview
The drive can be connected to an external control system through a serial
communication link using either a fieldbus adapter or an embedded fieldbus
interface.
The embedded fieldbus interface supports the Modbus RTU protocol. The drive
control program can receive and send cyclic data from and to the Modbus master on
10 ms time level. The actual communication speed depends on other factors as well,
such as the baud rate (a parameter setting in the drive).
The drive can be set to receive all of its control information through the fieldbus
interface, or the control can be distributed between the fieldbus interface and other
available sources, for example, digital and analog inputs.
Fieldbus controller
Fieldbus
Data flow
Control Word (CW)
References
XD2D
Termination
OFF
JCU Drive 1
JCU Drive 2
...
A 2
XD2D
Termination
ON
JCU Drive n
BGND 3
B 1
A 2
XD2D
Termination
OFF
BGND 3
B 1
A 2
BGND 3
B 1
Parameter R/W
requests/responses
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
COMMUNICATION INITIALIZATION
50.15
Fb cw used
P.02.36
58.01
Protocol ena
sel
Modbus RTU
(default)
Node address
1 (default)
58.04
Baud rate
9600 (default)
58.05
Parity
8 none 1 (default)
58.06
Control profile
ABB Enhanced
(default)
58.07
Comm loss t
out
600 (default)
58.08
Comm loss
mode
None (default)
58.09
Comm loss
action
None (default)
58.10
Refresh
settings
Done (default)
58.30
58.31
58.32
Word order
Parameter
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
58.35
Data I/O 1
0 (default)
58.58
Data I/O 24
The new settings will take effect when the drive is powered up the next time, or when
parameter 58.10 Refresh settings is activated.
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
FB
FB
P.02.36.08
Note: To start and stop the drive through control location EXT1, set parameter 10.01 to FB and
keep parameter 12.01 to its default value (C.FALSE).
SPEED REFERENCE SELECTION
21.01 Speed ref1 sel
EFB ref1 or
EFB ref2
EFB ref1 or
EFB ref2
Note: To control the drive speed with fieldbus reference REF1, set parameter 21.01 to EFB
ref1, and keep parameters 12.03 and 21.04 to their default values (Speed and C.FALSE).
TORQUE REFERENCE SELECTION
24.01 Torq ref1 sel
EFB ref1 or
EFB ref2
Note: To control the torque of the drive with fieldbus reference REF2, set parameter 24.01 to
EFB ref2, keep 12.01 to its default value (C.FALSE) and set 12.03 to Torque.
REFERENCE SCALING
50.04 Fb ref1
modesel
Raw data
Torque
Speed
Parameter
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
50.05 Fb ref2
modesel
Raw data
Torque
Speed
ACTUAL VALUE ACT1 AND ACT 2 SELECTION (if 50.04 or 50.05 has value Raw data).
50.06 Fb act1 tr src
Any
Any
Save (restores to
Done)
1)
Cyclic communication
EXT1/2
Start func
SEL
CW
REF1
REF2
2)
0
1
2
3
58.06
SEL
SW
ACT1
ACT2
2)
0
1
2
3
10.01
10.04
Speed/Torque
REF1 sel
58.06
DATA I/O
selection
I/O 1
I/O 2
I/O 3
I/O 24
21.01 / 24.01 /
24.02
Par. 01.0199.99
Speed/Torque
REF2 sel
Group 58
21.02 / 24.01 /
24.02
Acyclic communication
Parameter
table
References
Fieldbus references (REF1 and REF2) are 16-bit or 32-bit signed integers. The
contents of each reference word can be used as the speed, frequency, torque or
process reference. In the embedded fieldbus communication, the REF1 and REF2
are written to 02.38 EFB main ref1 and 02.39 EFB main ref2 from where you can use
them in the control of the drive. The references are either written to the drive
references as they are, or the values are scaled. See section About the EFB
communication profiles on page 337.
Actual values
Fieldbus actual signals (ACT1 and ACT2) are 16-bit or 32-bit signed integers. They
convey selected drive parameter values from the drive to the master. The drive
values are either written to the fieldbus actual values as they are, or the values are
scaled. See section About the EFB communication profiles on page 337.
Data inputs/outputs
Data input/output (I/O) are 16-bit or 32-bit words containing selected drive parameter
values. Parameters 58.35 Data I/O 1 58.58 Data I/O 24 define the addresses from
which the master either reads data (input) or to which it writes data (output).
Register addressing
The address field of Modbus requests for accessing holding registers is 16 bits. This
allows the Modbus protocol to support addressing of 65536 holding registers.
Historically, Modbus master devices used 5-digit decimal addresses from 40001 to
49999 to represent holding register addresses. The 5-digit decimal addressing limited
to 9999 the number of holding registers that could be addressed.
how drive register addresses are mapped for the fieldbus master.
You can configure the drive to receive and send messages according to one of the
four profiles: the ABB Drives classic profile, ABB Drives enhanced profile, DCU 16-bit
profile or DCU 32-bit profile. For either one of the ABB Drives profile, the embedded
fieldbus interface of the drive converts the fieldbus data to and from the native data
used in the drive. Both DCU profiles are transparent, that is, no data conversion is
done. The figure below illustrates the effect of the profile selection.
Profile selection
SEL
Fieldbus
Data
conv. &
scaling
0
1
2
3
Drive
58.06
Communication profile selection with parameter 58.06 Control profile is:
ABB Classic
ABB Enhanced
DCU 16-bit
DCU 32-bit
Name
Value
STATE/Description
OFF1_
CONTROL
OFF2_
CONTROL
OFF3_
CONTROL
INHIBIT_
OPERATION
RAMP_OUT_
ZERO
RAMP_HOLD
RAMP_IN_
ZERO
Bit
Name
Value
RESET
0=>1
STATE/Description
Fault reset if an active fault exists. Proceed to SWITCHON INHIBITED.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is
set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
8, 9 Reserved.
10
REMOTE_
CMD
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
12
Reserved
15
Name
Value
STATE/Description
RDY_ON
RDY_RUN
READY TO OPERATE.
OFF1 ACTIVE.
RDY_REF
OPERATION ENABLED.
OPERATION INHIBITED.
FAULT.
No fault.
OFF2 inactive.
TRIPPED
OFF_2_STA
OFF2 ACTIVE.
OFF_3_STA
OFF3 inactive.
OFF3 ACTIVE.
SWC_ON_
INHIB
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
ALARM
Warning/Alarm.
No warning/alarm.
AT_
SETPOINT
REMOTE
10
ABOVE_
LIMIT
11
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
EXT_RUN_
ENABLE
12
13
14
Reserved
Bit
15
Name
Value
STATE/Description
SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED
MAINS OFF
Power ON
(SW Bit6=1)
(CW Bit0=0)
NOT READY TO
SWITCH ON
A B C D
(SW Bit0=0)
READY TO
SWITCH ON
OPERATION
INHIBITED
operation
inhibited
READY TO
OPERATE
n(f)=0 / I=0
B C D
(SW Bit1=1)
(SW Bit1=0)
(SW Bit0=1)
(SW Bit2=0)
OFF1
ACTIVE
ABB Drives
communication profile
FAULT
(SW Bit3=1)
(CW Bit7=1)
(CW Bit3=1
and
SW Bit12=1)
OFF3
ACTIVE
OFF2
(SW Bit5=0) ACTIVE
(SW Bit4=0)
n(f)=0 / I=0
(CW Bit4=0)
OPERATION
ENABLED
C D
(SW Bit2=1)
A
(CW Bit5=0)
RFG: OUTPUT
ENABLED
D
B
(CW Bit6=0)
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
state
C
(CW=xxxx x1xx x111 1111)
OPERATION
D
(SW Bit8=1)
condition
rising edge
of the bit
If you select value Speed, the fieldbus reference can be used as a speed
reference and it is scaled as follows:
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer]
20 000
-20 000
If you select value Torque, the fieldbus reference can be used as a torque
reference and it is scaled as follows:
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer]
10 000
-10 000
If you select value Raw data, the fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2 is the drive
reference without scaling.
1)
Corresponding reference
in the drive [rpm or %] 1)
32 767
32 767
-32 768
-32 768
Unit depends on the use of the reference in the drive. Rpm for speed reference and % for torque.
If you select value Speed, drive actual signal 01.01 Motor speed rpm is scaled
and written to the fieldbus actual value. The table below shows the scaling:
Value of 01.01 Motor speed rpm [rpm]
20 000
-20 000
If you select value Torque, drive actual signal 01.06 Motor torque is scaled and
written to the fieldbus actual value. The table below shows the scaling:
Value of 01.06 Motor torque [%]
10 000
-10 000
If you select value Raw data, the fieldbus actual value ACT1 or ACT2 is the drive
actual value without scaling.
Drive value
32 767
32 767
-32 768
-32 768
400001
Fieldbus Control Word (CW). See section Control Word for the ABB
Drives profiles on page 338.
400002
400003
400004
Fieldbus Status Word (SW). See section Status Word for the ABB
Drives profiles on page 340.
400005
400006
400007
400030
400101409999
400001
Fieldbus Control Word (CW). See section Control Word for the ABB
Drives profiles on page 338.
400002
400003
400004
400015
400051
Fieldbus Status Word (SW). See section Status Word for the ABB Drives
profiles on page 340.
400052
400053
400054
400065
400101409999
400001
400002
400003
400004
400015
400051
400052
400053
400054
400065
400101409999
If you select value Raw data, the fieldbus reference type or possible use is not
selected. The value is freely usable as a speed or torque reference in the drive.
If you select value Speed, the fieldbus reference can be used as a speed
reference in the drive.
If you select value Torque, the fieldbus reference can be used as a torque
reference in the drive.
The table below clarifies the relation between the fieldbus reference and drive
reference (no scaling).
Fieldbus reference REF1 or REF2
[integer and fractional part]
Corresponding reference
in the drive [rpm or %] 1)
32767.65535
32767.65535
1)
-32768.65535
-32768.65535
If the reference value is used as the speed reference, it will be the motor speed in rpm. If the reference
value is used as the torque reference, it will be the motor torque in percent of the motor nominal torque.
If you select value Raw data, drive parameters 50.06 Fb act1 tr src and 50.07 Fb
act2 tr src select the drive parameters for the fieldbus actual value ACT1 and
ACT2 respectively.
If you select value Speed, drive parameter 01.01 Motor speed rpm will be written
to fieldbus actual value.
If you select value Torque, drive parameter 01.06 Motor torque will be written to
the fieldbus actual value.
The table below clarifies the relation between the value of drive parameter and
fieldbus actual value (no scaling).
Value of the selected drive signal
32767.65535
32767.65535
-32768.65535
-32768.65535
400001
400002
400003
400004
400005
400006
400007
...
...
400018
400051
Status Word (LSW of 02.37 EFB main sw) Least significant 16-bits
400052
Status Word (MSW of 02.37 EFB main sw) Most significant 16-bits
400053
400054
400055
400056
400057
400068
400101409999
Function name
Description
0x03
0x06
0x08
Diagnostics
0x10
0x17
Read/Write Multiple
Registers
Name
Description
0x01
ILLEGAL FUNCTION
0x02
ILLEGAL DATA
ADDRESS
0x03
0x04
SLAVE DEVICE
FAILURE
0x06
10
Control through a fieldbus
adapter
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes how the drive can be controlled by external devices over a
communication network (fieldbus) through an optional fieldbus adapter module.
System overview
The drive can be connected to an external control system through a serial
communication link using either an embedded fieldbus interface or a fieldbus adapter.
The fieldbus adapter module is installed into drive Slot 3.
Drive
Fieldbus
controller
Fieldbus
Other
devices
Data Flow
Control Word (CW)
References
The drive can be set to receive all of its control information through the fieldbus
interface, or the control can be distributed between the fieldbus interface and other
available sources, for example, digital and analog inputs.
Fieldbus adapters are available for various serial communication protocols, for
example
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
(1) Enable
(0)
(1)
(2)
(3)
0.36553.5 s
50.04 Fb ref1
modesel and 50.05
Fb ref2 modesel
50.15 Fb cw used
P.02.22
No
Fault
Spd ref Safe
Last speed
(0) Done
(1) Refresh
Parameter
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
Note: In the Users Manual of the fieldbus adapter module, the parameter group number is 1
or A for parameters 51.0151.26.
TRANSMITTED DATA SELECTION (see also page 247)
52.01 FBA data in1
52.12 FBA data
in12
46
1416
1019999
13
1113
10019999
Note: In the Users Manual of the fieldbus adapter module, the parameter group number is 2
or B for parameters 52.0152.12 and 3 or C for parameters 53.0153.12.
After the module configuration parameters have been set, the drive control
parameters (see section Setting the drive control parameters below) must be
checked and adjusted when necessary.
The new settings will take effect when the drive is powered up the next time, or when
parameter 51.27 FBA par refresh is activated.
Setting for
fieldbus control
Function/Information
(3) FB
(3) FB
(0) Done
(1) Save
1)
Fieldbus adapter
DATA
OUT 2)
FBA Profile
Profile
selection
4)
1
DATA OUT
selection
Fieldbus-specific interface
2
3
4)
3)
12
DATA
IN 2)
Par. 10.0199.99
Profile
selection
5)
DATA IN
selection
10.01
10.04
Speed/Torque
REF1 sel
Group 53
5)
1
3
FBA MAIN CW
FBA REF1
FBA REF2
EXT1/2
Start func
FBA MAIN SW
FBA ACT1
FBA ACT2
21.01 / 24.01
/ 24.02
Speed/Torque
REF2 sel
3)
Par. 01.0199.99
12
Cyclic communication
Group 52
21.02 / 24.01
/ 24.02
Acyclic communication
See the manual of the fieldbus
adapter module.
Parameter
table
Actual values
Actual values (ACT) are 16/32-bit words containing information on selected
operations of the drive.
Fieldbus references
References (FBA REF) are 16/32-bit signed integers. A negative reference
(indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the twos
complement from the corresponding positive reference value. The contents of each
reference word can be used as torque or speed reference.
When torque or speed reference scaling is selected (by parameter 50.04 Fb ref1
modesel / 50.05 Fb ref2 modesel), the fieldbus references are 32-bit integers. The
value consists of a 16-bit integer value and a 16-bit fractional value. The
speed/torque reference scaling is as follows:
Reference
Scaling
Notes
Speed reference
Torque reference
State diagram
The following presents the state diagram for the FBA communication profile. For
other profiles, see the Users Manual of the appropriate fieldbus adapter module.
FBA
Communication
Profile
(FBA CW Bits 7 = 0)
Fault
(FBA SW Bit 16 = 1)
FAULT
RUN
DISABLE
(FBA SW Bit 1 = 0)
(FBA CW Bit 7 = 1)
(FBA CW Bit 8 = 1)
Par. 10.19 = 1
E
(FBA CW Bit 16 = 1)
Par. 10.19 = 0
START
INHIBITED
(FBA SW Bit 6 = 1)
OFF1
ACTIVE
(FBA CW Bit 0 = 1)
MAINS OFF
n(f)=0 / I=0
Power ON
READY TO
START
B C D
(FBA SW Bit 0 = 1)
(FBA CW Bit 12 = 0)
OFF2
ACTIVE
RUNNING
C D
(FBA SW Bit 4 = 1)
(FBA SW Bit 3 = 1)
A
(FBA CW Bit 13 = 0)
RFG: OUTPUT
ENABLED
B
(FBA CW Bit 14 = 0)
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
C
(FBA CW = xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0 x000 1xxx 1xxx xx10)
OPERATING
D
(FBA SW Bit 8 = 1)
(FBA SW Bit 5 = 1)
n(f)=0 / I=0
11
Drive-to-drive link
What this chapter contains
The chapter describes the communication on the drive-to-drive link.
General
The drive-to-drive link is a daisy-chained RS-485 transmission line, constructed by
connecting the XD2D terminal blocks of the JCU control units of several drives. It is
also possible to use an FMBA Modbus adapter module installed into an option slot on
the JCU. The firmware supports up to 63 nodes on the link.
The link has one master drive; the rest of the drives are followers. By default, the
master broadcasts control commands as well as speed and torque references for all
followers. The master can send 8 messages per millisecond at 100/150-microsecond
intervals. Sending one message takes approximately 15 microseconds, which results
in a theoretical link capacity of roughly 6 messages per 100 microseconds.
Multicasting the control data and reference 1 to a pre-defined group of drives is
possible, as is chained multicast messaging. Reference 2 is always broadcast by the
master to all followers. See parameters 57.1157.14.
Note: The drive-to-drive link can be used only if the embedded fieldbus interface is
disabled (see parameter 58.01 Protocol ena sel).
Wiring
See the Hardware Manual of the drive.
Datasets
Drive-to-drive communication uses DDCS (Distributed Drives Communication
System) messages and dataset tables for data transfer. Each drive has a dataset
table of 256 datasets, numbered 0255. Each dataset contains 48 data bits.
By default, datasets 015 and 200255 are reserved for the drive firmware;
datasets 16199 are available for the user application program.
The contents of the two firmware communication datasets can be configured freely
with pointer parameters and/or application programming with the DriveSPC tool. The
16-bit control word and 32-bit drive-to-drive reference 1 are transmitted from one
dataset on a 500-microsecond (by default) time level; drive-to-drive reference 2 (32
bits) is transmitted from the other dataset on a 2-millisecond (by default) time level.
The followers can be configured to use the drive-to-drive commands and references
with the following parameters:
Control data
Parameter
Start/Stop commands
D2D
Torque limits
Speed reference
Torque reference
Types of messaging
Each drive on the link has a unique node address allowing point-to-point
communication between two drives. The node address 0 is automatically assigned to
the master drive; on other drives, the node address is defined by parameter 57.03
Node address.
Multicast addressing is supported, allowing the composition of groups of drives. Data
sent to a multicast address is received by all drives that have that address. A
multicast group can consist of 162 drives.
In broadcast messaging, data can be sent to all drives (actually, all followers) on the
link.
Both master-to-follower(s) and follower-to-follower(s) communication is supported. A
follower can send one message to another follower (or a group of followers) after
receiving a token message from the master.
Type of messaging
Point-to-point
Note
Master point-to-point
Read remote
Follower point-to-point
Standard multicast
Broadcast
Chained multicast
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
(LocalDsNr)
(LocalDsNr+1)
TargetNode = X
(RemoteDsNr)
(RemoteDsNr+1)
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
TargetNode = X
(LocalDsNr)
(RemoteDsNr)
Token
Dataset table
Follower
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
(LocalDsNr)
TargetNode = X
(RemoteDsNr)
Follower
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
Dataset table
(RemoteDsNr)
(RemoteDsNr)
(LocalDsNr)
Target Grp = X
Follower-to-follower(s) multicasting
Master
Dataset table
Token
Follower
Dataset table
(LocalDsNr)
Target
Grp = X
Follower
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
(RemoteDsNr)
(RemoteDsNr)
Broadcast messaging
In broadcasting, the master sends one dataset to all followers, or a follower sends
one dataset to all other followers (after receiving a token from the master).
The target (Target Grp) is automatically set to 255 denoting all followers.
Note: The master does not receive any data broadcast by the followers.
Master-to-follower(s) broadcasting
Master
Follower
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
Dataset table
(RemoteDsNr)
(RemoteDsNr)
(LocalDsNr)
Follower-to-follower(s) broadcasting
Master
Dataset table
Token
Follower
Dataset table
(LocalDsNr)
Target
Grp =
255
Follower
Follower
Dataset table
Dataset table
(RemoteDsNr)
(RemoteDsNr)
Master
Follower
Follower
Follower
(57.08)
(57.06)
02.17
02.19
(57.08)
(57.06)
02.17
02.19
(57.08)
(57.06)
02.17
02.19
(57.08)
(57.06)
57.01 = Master
57.03 = dont
care
57.11 = Ref1
MC Grps
57.12 = dont
care
57.13 = 2
57.14 = 3
57.01 =
Follower
57.03 = 2
57.11 = Ref1
MC Grps
57.12 = 2
57.13 = 4
57.14 = dont
care
57.01 =
Follower
57.03 = 4
57.11 = Ref1
MC Grps
57.12 = 4
57.13 = 5
57.14 = dont
care
57.01 =
Follower
57.03 = 5 *
57.11 =
Broadcast *
57.12 = 5 *
57.13 = dont
care
57.14 = dont
care
Follower
Follower
02.17
02.19
02.17
02.19
57.01 =
Follower
57.03 = 1
57.11 = dont
care
57.12 = 2
57.13 = dont
care
57.14 = dont
care
57.01 =
Follower
57.03 = 3
57.11 = dont
care
57.12 = 4
57.13 = dont
care
57.14 = dont
care
* Acknowledgement from last follower to master can be prevented by setting parameter 57.11
Ref1 msg type to Broadcast (required because parameters 57.03 Node address and 57.12
Ref1 mc group are set to the same value). Alternatively, node/group addresses (parameters
57.03 Node address and 57.12 Ref1 mc group) could be set to non-equal values.
12
Control chain and drive logic
diagrams
What this chapter contains
The chapter presents the drive control chain and logic.
ABS
ABS
ABS
a<b
a>b
a<b
a
b
a>b
a<b
a>b
a>b
a<b
Speed feedback
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FB ref1
FB ref2
D2D ref1
D2d ref2
Panel
EFB ref1
EFB ref2
Mot pot
PID out
Pointer
21.02 Speed
ref2 sel
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FB ref1
FB ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
Panel
EFB ref1
EFB ref2
Mot pot
PID out
Pointer
21.01 Speed
ref1 sel
Ref1
Add
Sub
Mul
Min
Max
d
dt
TAccCom
PID
SPEED
SPEED
TORQUE
MIN
MAX
ADD
SPEED
TORQUE
MIN
MAX
ADD
SPEED
SPEED
SPEED
Add
Min
SCALAR
Speed ref
Max
Torque ref
Speed
limitation
SPEED
ZERO
AI1
AI2
FBA ref1
FBA ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
EFB ref1
EFB ref2
27.04 PID
fbk src 2
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FB ref1
FB ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FB ref1
FB ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
27.03 PID
fbk src 1
Zero (Off)
Act1
Add
Sub
Mul
div
Max
Min
Sqrt sub
Sqrt add
C.True
C.False
Running
27.30 PID
enable
Zero
AI1 scaled
AI2 scaled
FB ref1
FB ref2
D2D ref1
D2D ref2
Panel
27.01 PID
setpoint sel
Prop torque
Process
PID
Prop speed
Direct (Off)
27.17 PID
mode
Process PID
x
27.21 PID bal ref
C.True
C.False
IN1
3-WIRE
FB *
D2D
IN1F IN2R
IN1S IN2DIR
IN1
3-WIRE
FB *
D2D
IN1F IN2R
IN1S IN2DIR
EXT STOP
EXT START
DRIVE LOGIC
EM STOP
OFF1/OFF2/
OFF3
FAULTED
RUNNING
STOPPED
DISABLE
STATE MACHINE
FOLLOWERS
KERNEL SYNC
MASTER
COMMON SETTINGS
D2D COMMUNICATION
NORMAL
STOP RAMP/
COAST
OR
LOC START
LOCAL MODE
PC / Panel
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B9
B10
B11
Stop
Start
Stpmode EM OFF
Stpmode EM STOP
Stpmode OFF1
Stpmode RAMP
Stpmode COAST
Run Enable
Jogging 1
Jogging 2
Remote CMD *
50.15 Fb cw used
STOP
START
AND
AND
AND
OFF3
OFF2
OFF1
DRIVE LOGIC FB
LOC START
EM STOP
OFF1/OFF2/
OFF3
AND
NORMAL
STOP RAMP /
COAST
LOCAL MODE
PC / Panel
FAULTED
RUNNING
STOPPED
DISABLE
STATE MACHINE
Power limiter
Torque limiter
Field
weakening
Flux braking
Flux
optimisation
DC voltage
limiter
U/F-curve
Motor model
DTC core
AUTO
FAST
CONST TIME
Start control
01.30 Polepairs
Gate signals
01.07 Dc-voltage
Further information
Product and service inquiries
Address any inquiries about the product to your local ABB representative, quoting
the type designation and serial number of the unit in question. A listing of ABB sales,
support and service contacts can be found by navigating to www.abb.com/drives and
selecting Sales, Support and Service network.
Product training
For information on ABB product training, navigate to www.abb.com/drives and select
Training courses.
www.abb.com/drives
www.abb.com/drivespartners
Contact us